3900 Series Base Station Cables (V100R010C10 02) (PDF) - en

3900 Series Base Station
V100R010C10
Cables
Issue 02
Date 2015-08-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Cables About This Document
About This Document
Overview
This document provides information about cables used in cabinets for 3900 series base stations,
which includes the cable list and descriptions of cable connections and each cable. For
information about cables for RRUs and AAUs, see the corresponding hardware description.
The exteriors of components or cables in this document are for reference only. The actual
exteriors may be different.
NOTE
Unless otherwise specified, LTE refers to either LTE FDD or LTE TDD, and eNodeB refers to either an LTE
FDD eNodeB or an LTE TDD eNodeB in this document. The "L" and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to LTE FDD
and LTE TDD, respectively.
For details about the LampSite solution, see DBS3900 LampSite Installation Guide.
Product Version
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.
Product Name Solution Version Product Version
BTS3900 l SRAN10.1 V100R010C10

l GBSS17.1
BTS3900A
l RAN17.1
BTS3900L l eRAN8.1
BTS3900AL
DBS3900 l SRAN10.1
l GBSS17.1
l RAN17.1
l eRAN8.1
l eRAN TDD 8.1
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

Product Name Solution Version Product Version
BTS3900C l SRAN10.1
l RAN17.1
Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l System engineer
l Base station installation personnel
l Site maintenance personnel
Organization
1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables
This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables.
2 Cable List
This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and
BTS3900C base stations.
3 Cable Connections
This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable
connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU
interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections.
4 PGND Cable
PGND cables include PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, which ensure
grounding of cabinets and modules in the cabinets as well as safe operation of the base station
5 Equipotential Cable
Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. They ensure equipotential
bonding between cabinets and safe operation of base stations.
6 Power Cables
This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in BTS3900A
cabinets.
7 Transmission Cables
This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a
cabinet.
8 Signal Cables
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in BTS3900A
cabinets.
9 CPRI Cables
This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.
10 RF Cables
This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables.
Conventions
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol Description
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not

avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not

avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance deterioration, or unanticipated results.
NOTICE is used to address practices not related to personal
injury.
Calls attention to important information, best practices and

tips.
NOTE is used to address information not related to personal
injury, equipment damage, and environment deterioration.
General Conventions
The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.
Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in

boldface. For example, log in as user root.
Italic Book titles are in italics.
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are in

Courier New.
Command Conventions
The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.
Italic Command arguments are in italics.
[] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.
{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected.
[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.
{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all
items can be selected.
[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.
GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

are in boldface. For example, click OK.
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Keyboard Operations
The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Format Description
Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

Format Description
Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt
+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.
Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means
the two keys should be pressed in turn.
Mouse Operations
The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Action Description
Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving
the pointer.
Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and

quickly without moving the pointer.
Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the
pointer to a certain position.
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

Cables Contents
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables............................................................................1
2 Cable List.........................................................................................................................................4
2.1 BTS3900 Cable List.......................................................................................................................................................5
2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List.......................................................................................................................................5
2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List.....................................................................................................................................12
2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List.....................................................................................................................................19
2.2 BTS3900L Cable List...................................................................................................................................................29
2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List...................................................................................................................................29
2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List...................................................................................................................................36
2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List..................................................................................................................................44
2.3 BTS3900A Cable List..................................................................................................................................................52
2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List..................................................................................................................................52
2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List..................................................................................................................................63
2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List..................................................................................................................................75
2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List..................................................................................................................................88
2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List..........................................................................................................................101
2.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List..........................................................................................................................106
2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List..............................................................................................................................................112
2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List.............................................................................................................................112
2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists.................................................................................................................................................126
2.6 BTS3900C Cable List.................................................................................................................................................131
2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List.............................................................................................................................131
2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List................................................................................................................................138
3 Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................146
3.1 Power Cable Connections...........................................................................................................................................147
3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections.......................................................................................................................147
3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................158
3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections....................................................................................................................163
3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................................201
3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using a BBU3900 or BBU3910)......................................................207
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

Cables Contents
3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A..............................................................256

3.1.7 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................259
3.2 Transmission Cable Connections...............................................................................................................................263
3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station..........................................................................264
3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission......................................275
3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission.............................291
3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station.........................................................................300
3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station..................................................................304
3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.......................................................................................................................305
3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections....................................................................................................306
3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................................318
3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................................324
3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections...............................................................................................357
3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using a BBU3900 or BBU3910)...................................365
3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a BBU3910A...........................................................403
3.3.7 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................................405
3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections.........................................................................................................................409
3.5 CPRI Cable Connections............................................................................................................................................412
3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations.....................................................................................................412
3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station...............................................................................................417
3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD Base Stations...................................................................420
3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations.................................................................................425
3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations..................................................................................432
3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations..................................................................................439
3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in Triple-Mode Base Stations.........................................................................................445
3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station...............................................................................459
3.6 RF Cable Connections................................................................................................................................................462
3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description...........................................................................................................................463
3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU......................................................................................................................465
3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU......................................................................................................................466
3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU.....................................................................................................................467
3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa...................................................................................................................468
3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd...................................................................................................................469
3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe...................................................................................................................470
3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU......................................................................................................................471
3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe....................................................................................................................472
3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU...................................................................................................................473
3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd.................................................................................................................474
3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe.................................................................................................................475
3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd..................................................................................................................476
3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe..................................................................................................................477
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

Cables Contents
3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration..........................................................................................478
4 PGND Cable...............................................................................................................................481
5 Equipotential Cable.................................................................................................................. 485
6 Power Cables..............................................................................................................................488
6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices...................................................................................................................489
6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables...............................................................................................................................................489
6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables..................................................................................................................................508
6.1.3 PDU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................530
6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices......................................................................................................535
6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices.......................................................................................................................550
6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable.............................................................................................................................................550
6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable................................................................................................................................................551
6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable................................................................................................................................................552
6.2.4 CCU Power Cable...................................................................................................................................................553
6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................554
6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................555
6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................555
6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................556
6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies...........................................................................................................................556
6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................566
6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................567
6.3.4 Power Cable for an AC Heater................................................................................................................................568
6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film..............................................................................................................................570
6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System................................................................................................571
6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................572
6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D........................................................................................................................572
6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D........................................................................................................................575
6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T.....................................................................................................................576
6.3.11 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T....................................................................................................................579
6.3.12 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door...........................................................................................580
6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................581
6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable...............................................................................................................................581
6.4.2 BBU Power Cable...................................................................................................................................................583
6.4.3 RFU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................586
6.4.4 RRU Power Cables..................................................................................................................................................588
6.4.5 SOU Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................591
6.4.6 SPD Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................591
6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box........................................................................................................592
6.4.8 GATM Power Cable................................................................................................................................................593
6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable...........................................................................................................................................596
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

Cables Contents
7 Transmission Cables.................................................................................................................597
7.1 E1/T1 Cable................................................................................................................................................................599
7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable......................................................................................................................602
7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable...........................................................................................................................................603
7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports............................................................................................604
7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports................................................................................................605
7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable................................................................................................................................................605
7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable....................................................................................................................606
8 Signal Cables..............................................................................................................................608
8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices...............................................................................................................................609
8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable......................................................................................................................609
8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................610
8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................610
8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................611
8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................612
8.1.6 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................613
8.1.7 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A.................................................................................................614
8.1.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B..........................................................................................................615
8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable...................................................................................................615
8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable.................................................................................................616
8.1.11 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D...........................................................617
8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices.......................................................................................................................619
8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable...................................................................................................................619
8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................620
8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................620
8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs........................................................................................................621
8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.......................................................................................................................622
8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs............................................................................................623
8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs............................................................................................624
8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs............................................................................................625
8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.........................................................................................626
8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.................................................................................627
8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.........................................................................................628
8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................629
8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................630
8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................631
8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................632
8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG...............................................................................................................633
8.2.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs..........................................................................................635
8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................636
8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................637
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential x

Cables Contents
8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs...........................................................................................638

8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................639
8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................640
8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................641
8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................642
8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.....................................................................................................643
8.2.26 BBU Alarm Cable.................................................................................................................................................644
8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................647
8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies................................................................................648
8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................649
8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................650
8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs................................................................................................651
8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................652
8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units................................................................................652
8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units................................................................................653
8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly............................................................................................654
8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors...............................................................................................655
8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................657
8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors..................................................................................659
8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger.................................................................................................661
8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2.........................................................................................................662
8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................663
8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.................................................................................................663
8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable....................................................................................................................................................668
8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and Temperature Sensor....................................................670
8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................671
8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................................672
8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module..............................................................................673
8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box............................................................................................674
8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box..........................................................................................674
8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable.................................................................................................................................675
8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable.................................................................................................................................676
8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable........................................................................................................................................677
8.4.12 GPS Jumper...........................................................................................................................................................677
8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables......................................................................................................................678
8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations......................................................................................................680
8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance....................................................................................................................682
8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable...........................................................................................................................683
8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................684
8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................684
8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable...........................................................................................................685
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

Cables Contents
8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................686

8.4.21 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................687
8.4.22 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................688
8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................................689
8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable..............................................................................................................690
9 CPRI Cables................................................................................................................................691
9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable.................................................................................................................................................692
9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable..............................................................................................................................................692
10 RF Cables...................................................................................................................................698
10.1 RF Jumpers...............................................................................................................................................................699
10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable......................................................................................................................................700
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xii

Cables 1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables
1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables
This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables.
02 (2015-08-30)
This is the second commercial release.
Compared with the issue 01 (2015-03-23), this issue includes the following new topics:
l 2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List
l BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections
l BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections
l Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)
l Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)
l Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)
l Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)
l EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable
l EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 Power Cable
l 8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable
l 8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs
l 8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable
l FAN 01D Power Cable
l FAN 02E Power Cable
l 8.1.6 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable
Compared with issue 01 (2015-03-23), this issue includes the following changes.
Topic Change Description
l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists Added Ver.E cabinet-related information.

l 4 PGND Cable
l 5 Equipotential Cable
l 6 Power Cables and its child topics
Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

Compared with the issue 01 (2015-03-23), this issue does not exclude any topics.
01 (2015-03-23)
This is the first commercial release.
Compared with Draft B (2015-02-10), this issue does not include any new topics or exclude any
topics.
Compared with Draft B (2015-02-10), this issue includes the following changes.
2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List Modified connection positions of fan

monitoring signal cables on the front doors of
2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List cabinets.
Draft B (2015-02-10)
This is a draft.
Compared with Draft A (2015-01-15), this issue does not include any new topics or exclude any
topics.
Compared with Draft A (2015-01-15), this issue includes the following changes.
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Added power cable connections and

Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03 monitoring signal cable connections for an
IBBS20D configured with an OMB (Ver.C).
Monitoring Cable Connections in a
DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or
IMB03
Draft A (2015-01-15)
This is a draft.
Compared with the issues for MBTS V100R009C00, WCDMA-NodeB V200R016C00, GSM-
BTS V100R016C00, and eNodeB V100R007C00, this issue includes the following new topics:
l Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets
l 6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable
l 8.1.11 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D
l 8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG
l 8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs
BTS V100R016C00, and eNodeB V100R007C00, this issue includes the following changes.

l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists Added cable lists, power cable connections,
l Power Cable Connections in a and monitoring signal cable connections for
DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) a BBU3910A3.
l Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H
(Ver.D)
l 3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a
DBS3900 Configured with a
BBU3910A
l 3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable
Connections in a DBS3900 Using a
BBU3910A
l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable Added information about cables used in a

l 7.1 E1/T1 Cable BBU3910A3.
l 8.2.26 BBU Alarm Cable
l Power Cables for a Power Distribution Added information about cables used in an
Box IBBS20D.
l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable
l 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables
l 4 PGND Cable
l 5 Equipotential Cable
l Storage Battery Power Cable
l 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for
Door Status Sensors
l 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable
3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for LTE Added CPRI cable connections in scenarios
FDD and LTE TDD Base Stations where LPMP boards are configured.
BTS V100R016C00, and eNodeB V100R007C00, this issue does not exclude any topics.

Cables 2 Cable List
2 Cable List
About This Chapter
This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and
BTS3900C base stations.
2.1 BTS3900 Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B),
BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets.
2.2 BTS3900L Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B),
BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
2.3 BTS3900A Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B),
BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), BTS3900A(Ver.E), and enhanced cabinets.
2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List

This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables.
2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900, BBU
cable list, and RRU cable list.
2.6 BTS3900C Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of
cabinets.

Cables 2 Cable List
2.1 BTS3900 Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B),
BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets.
2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List

The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission
cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable

The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable.
Table 2-1 PGND cables and equipotential cable
Category Cable One End The Other End
Connector Installatio Connector Installatio

n Position n Position
Cables to be PGND cable OT terminal Ground OT terminal External

installed for the terminal on ground bar
onsite cabinet the cabinet
5 OT terminal Wiring OT terminal Wiring

Equipotenti terminal for terminal for
al Cable the the
equipotentia equipotential
l cable cable
Cables PGND cable OT terminal Ground OT terminal Ground

installed for a module terminal on a terminal for
before module the PGND
delivery cable in the
cabinet
Power Cables
The following table describes the power cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-2 Power cables

Cables to be DCDU-01 OT terminal l Black Depending External

installed Power wire: on the power
onsite Cable RTN(+) external equipment
terminal power
on the equipment
DCDU-0
1
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
1
EPS24S481 OT terminal Power input Depending External

00DC Power terminal for on the power
Cable the external equipment
EPS24S481 power
00DC equipment
subrack
EPS4890 OT terminal Power input Depending External

Power terminal for on the power
Cable the EPS4890 external equipment
subrack power
equipment
6.4.4 RRU OT terminal One of the Depending Power port

Power LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cables LOAD5 model
ports on the
DCDU-03B
GATM 3V3 -48V port on Parallel SPARE1 or

Power connector the GATM terminal SPARE2
Cable port on the
DCDU-01

Cables 2 Cable List

DCDU-03B OT terminal l Black Depending External

Power wire: on the power
Cable RTN(+) external equipment
terminal power
on the equipment
DCDU-0
3B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
3B
Cables 6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port on Parallel One of the

installed Power connector an RFU terminal RFU0 to
before Cables RFU5 ports
delivery on the
DCDU-01
FAN Power 3V3 -48V port on Parallel FAN port on

Cables connector the FAN terminal the
DCDU-01
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on Parallel BBU port on

Power connector the UPEU terminal the
Cable DCDU-01
DCDU-01 OT terminal RTN(+) and OT terminal RTN(+) and

Power NEG(-) LOAD(-)
Cable terminals on terminals on
For the the the
BTS3900 DCDU-01 EPS24S481
+24V DC 00DC
cabinet subrack
DCDU-01 OT terminal RTN(+) and OT terminal LOAD1(-) or

Power NEG(-) LOAD2(-)
Cable terminals on and RTN(+)
For the the terminals on
BTS3900 DCDU-01 the EPS4890
AC cabinet subrack

Cables 2 Cable List
Transmission Cables
The following table describes the transmission cables.
Table 2-3 Transmission cables

Cables to be 7.1 E1/T1 DB26 male E1/T1 port Depending External

installed Cable connector on the on the transmission
onsite GTMU, external equipment
WMPT, or equipment
UTRP
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 port on RJ45 Routing

Ethernet connector the GTMU, connector device
Cable WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
7.3 FE/GE LC SFP0 or l FC Routing

Fiber Optic connector SFP1 port on connecto device
Cable the GTMU, r
WMPT, l SC
UMPT, or connecto
UTRP r
l LC
connecto
r
Cables 7.4 RJ45 FE0 port on RJ45 FE0 port on

installed Interconnec connector the GTMU connector the WMPT
before tion Cable
delivery Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports
7.5 LC FE1 port on LC FE1 port on

Interconnec connector the GTMU connector the WMPT
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports

Cables 2 Cable List
Signal Cables
The following table describes signal cables.
Table 2-4 Signal cables

Cables to be 8.4.5 EMU DB9 male RS485 port RJ45 MON1 port
installed Monitoring connector on the EMU connector on the UPEU
onsite Signal or UEIU
Cable
8.2.26 BBU RJ45 EXT-ALM0 RJ45 External

Alarm connector port on the connector alarm device
Cable UPEU or
UEIU
8.4.11 GPS SMA male GPS port on Type N GPS surge

Clock connector the USCU female protector
Signal connector
Cable
RET SMA elbow ANT0 to SMA straight DC/OOK

Control male ANT5 ports male port on the
Signal connector on the connector DIN Bias-
Cable GATM Tee
GATM RJ45 COM1 port RJ45 MON1 port

Monitoring connector on the connector on the UPEU
Signal GATM or MON0
Cable port on the
UEIU
FMUC- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM_IN

GATM connector on the connector port on the
Monitoring GATM lower-level
Signal FAN
Cable
8.4.15 USB USB(1) port Network Network

Adapter connector on the connector cable
Used for UMPT in the
Local BBU
Maintenanc
e

Cables 2 Cable List

Cables 8.1.3 PMU RJ45 COM_IN RJ45 MON1 port

installed 01B-BBU connector port on the connector on the UPEU
before Monitoring PMU 01B
delivery Signal
Cable
8.1.10 PSU Cord end ALM RJ45 EXT-ALM0

(EPW25-24 terminal terminal on connector port on the
S48D) In- the UPEU
Position EPS24S481
Signal 00DC
Cable subrack
8.1.9 PSU RJ45 PRESENT RJ45 EXT-ALM1

(EPW25-24 connector port on the connector port on the
S48D) EPS24S481 UPEU
Monitoring 00DC
Signal subrack
Cable
8.2.22 RJ45 COM_IN RJ45 MON0 port

FMUC- connector port on the connector on the UPEU
BBU FAN or UEIU
Monitoring
Signal
Cable
8.3.4 RJ45 COM_OUT RJ45 COM_IN

Monitoring connector port on the connector port on the
Signal upper-level lower-level
Cable FAN FAN
Between NOTE NOTE
Cascaded The upper- The lower-
FANs level FAN level FAN
communicat communicat
es with the es with the
BBU BBU
directly. through the
upper-level
FAN.
8.4.2 ELU RJ45 ELU RJ45 SENSOR

Signal connector connector port on the
Cable FAN

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE
a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using
commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than configuring
and exporting information of the base station.
CPRI Electrical Cables

The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables.
Table 2-5 CPRI electrical cables

Cables to be 9.1 CPRI SFP20 male CPRI port on SFP20 male CPRI port on
installed Electrical connector the GTMU, connector an RFU
onsite Cable UBRI,
WBBP, or
LBBP
Cables If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before
installed delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before
before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900
delivery cabinets must be installed onsite.
RF Cables
The following table describes the RF cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-6 RF cables

Cables to be 10.1 RF DIN elbow ANT_TX/ DIN straight l Feeder of

installed Jumpers male RXA or male the
onsite connector ANT_RXB connector antenna
port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables 10.2 Inter- QMA elbow RX OUTA QMA elbow RX INB port
installed RFU RF male port on an male on another
before Signal connector RFU connector RFU
delivery Cable
2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List




installed for the terminal on ground bar

Cables 2 Cable List


al Cable the the
equipotentia equipotential
l cable cable

installed for a module terminal on a terminal for
cabinet
Power Cables

Cables to be DCDU-11A OT terminal l Black Depending External

terminal power
on the equipment
DCDU
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU
ETP48150- OT terminal Power input Depending External

A3 Power terminal for on the power
ETP48150- power
A3 subrack equipment

Cables 2 Cable List

6.4.4 RRU Tool-less One of the Depending Power port

Power female LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cables connector LOAD5 model
(pressfit ports on the
type) DCDU-11B
GATM 3V3 -48V port on Tool-less LOAD8 or

Power connector the GATM female LOAD9 port
Cable connector on the
(pressfit DCDU-11A
type)

terminal power
on the equipment
DCDU-1
1B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
Cables 6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port on Tool-less One of the

installed Power connector the RFU female LOAD0 to
before Cables connector LOAD5
delivery (pressfit ports on the
type) DCDU-11A
FAN 03B 3V3 -48V port on Tool-less LOAD6 port

Power connector the FAN 03B female on the
Cable connector DCDU-11A
(pressfit
type)
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on Tool-less LOAD7 or

Power connector the UPEU female LOAD8 port
Cable connector on the
(pressfit DCDU-11A
type)

Cables 2 Cable List

ETP48150- OT terminal RTN(+) OT terminal RTN(+)

A3 Power terminal on power output
Cable the terminal for
(Black) DCDU-11A the
ETP48150-
A3 subrack
ETP48150- OT terminal NEG(-) OT terminal NEG(-)

A3 Power terminal on power output
Cable the terminal for
(Blue) DCDU-11A the
ETP48150-
A3 subrack
Transmission Cables


WMPT, or equipment
UTRP
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 port on RJ45 External

Ethernet connector the GTMU, connector transmission
Cable WMPT, equipment
LMPT, or
UTRP

Cables 2 Cable List

7.3 FE/GE LC SFP0 or l FC External

Fiber Optic connector SFP1 port on connecto transmission
Cable the GTMU, r equipment
WMPT, l SC
LMPT, or connecto
UTRP r
l LC
connecto
r

before tion Cable
delivery Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports

tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables.

Cable

Cables 2 Cable List


Cable UPEU or
UEIU

Signal connector
Cable

Cable GATM Tee
GATM RJ45 COM1 port RJ45 MON0 or

Monitoring connector on the connector MON1 port
Signal GATM on the UPEU
Cable
FMUE- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM IN port

GATM connector on the connector on the lower-
Monitoring GATM level FAN
Signal 03B
Cable
8.3.6 RJ45 COM OUT RJ45 COM IN port

Monitoring connector port on the connector on the lower-
Signal upper-level level FAN
Cable FAN 03B 03B
Between NOTE NOTE
FAN 03B level FAN level FAN
Units 03B 03B
BBU BBU
upper-level
FAN 03B.

Local BBU
Maintenanc
e

Cables 2 Cable List


installed 01B-BBU connector port on the connector on the UPEU
before Monitoring left side of
delivery Signal the PMU
Cable 01B
8.2.23 RJ45 COM IN port RJ45 MON0 port

FMUE- connector on the FAN connector on the UPEU
BBU 03B or UEIU
Monitoring NOTE
Signal If no BBU is
Cable installed in
the cabinet,
bind the
cable on the
right side of
the cabinet.

Cable FAN 03B
NOTE


Cables 9.1 CPRI SFP20 male CPRI port on SFP20 male CPRI port on
before Cable WBBP, or
delivery LBBP

Cables 2 Cable List

Cables to be If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before
onsite delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900
cabinets must be installed onsite.
RF Cables
Table 2-12 RF cables


port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
delivery Cable
2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List



Cables 2 Cable List

Cables to be 4 PGND OT terminal Ground OT terminal External

installed Cable terminal on ground bar
onsite For the the cabinet
cabinet

al Cable the the
Between the equipotentia equipotential
cabinets l cable cable
Cables 4 PGND OT terminal Ground OT terminal Ground

installed Cable terminal on a terminal for
before For a module module the PGND
cabinet
Power Cables
The following table describes the power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-14 Power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900

Cables to be DCDU-12A OT terminal l Black OT terminal l Black

installed Power wire: wire:
onsite Cable RTN(+) RTN(+)
terminal terminal
on the on the
DCDU-1 RFC2
2A terminal
l Blue for the
wire: EPU05A
NEG(-) -02
terminal subrack
on the l Blue
DCDU-1 wire:
2A NEG(-)
terminal
on the
RFC2
terminal
for the
EPU05A
-02
subrack
EPU05A-02 OT terminal AC input Depending External

Power terminal for on the power
EPU05A-02 power
subrack equipment

Cables 2 Cable List

DCDU-12B OT terminal l Black OT terminal l Black

Power wire: wire:
Cable RTN(+) RTN(+)
terminal terminal
on the on the
DCDU-1 RFC1 for
2B the
l Blue EPU05A
wire: -02
NEG(-) subrack
terminal l Blue
on the wire:
DCDU-1 NEG(-)
2B terminal
on the
RFC1 for
the
EPU05A
-02
subrack
GATM 3V3 -48V port on Parallel LOAD8 or

Power connector the GATM terminal LOAD9 port
Cable on the
DCDU-12A
6.4.4 RRU EPC5 One of the Depending Power port

Power connector LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cables LOAD5 model
ports on the
DCDU-12B
EPC4 One of the Depending Power port

connector LOAD6 to on the RRU on an RRU
LOAD8 model
ports on the
DCDU-12B
Cables 6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port on EPC4 One of the

installed Power connector an RFU connector LOAD0 to
before Cables LOAD5
delivery ports on the
DCDU-12A
FAN 03C 3V3 -48V port on EPC4 LOAD6 port

Power connector the FAN 03C connector on the
Cable DCDU-12A

Cables 2 Cable List

6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on EPC4 LOAD7 or

Power connector the UPEU connector LOAD8 port
Cable on the
DCDU-12A
The following table describes the power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900.
Table 2-15 Power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900

Cables to be DCDU-12A OT terminal l Black Depending External

terminal power
on the equipment
DCDU-1
2A
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2A
6.4.4 RRU EPC5 One of the Depending Power port

Power connector LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cables LOAD5 model
ports on the
DCDU-12B
EPC4 One of the Depending Power port

connector LOAD6 to on the RRU on an RRU
LOAD8 model
ports on the
DCDU-12B
GATM 3V3 -48V port on Parallel LOAD8 or

Cable on the
DCDU-12A

Cables 2 Cable List


terminal power
on the equipment
DCDU-1
2B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2B
Cables 4 PGND OT terminal Ground OT terminal Ground

installed Cable terminal on a terminal for
before For a module module the PGND
cabinet
6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port on EPC4 One of the

Power connector an RFU connector LOAD0 to
Cables LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-12A
FAN 03C 3V3 -48V port on EPC4 LOAD6 port

Power connector the FAN 03C connector on the
Cable DCDU-12A
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on EPC4 LOAD7 or

Power connector the UPEU connector LOAD8 port
Cable on the
DCDU-12A
Transmission Cables

Cables 2 Cable List


WMPT, or equipment
UTRP
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 port on RJ45 External

Ethernet connector the GTMU, connector transmission
Cable WMPT, equipment
LMPT, or
UTRP
7.3 FE/GE LC SFP0 or l FC External

Fiber Optic connector SFP1 port on connecto transmission
Cable the GTMU, r equipment
WMPT, l SC
LMPT, or connecto
UTRP r
l LC
connecto
r

before tion Cable
delivery Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports

tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables.

Cables 2 Cable List

Cable

Cable UPEU or
UEIU

Signal connector
Cable

Cable GATM Tee
GATM RJ45 COM1 port RJ45 MON0 or

Monitoring connector on the connector MON1 port
Signal GATM on the UPEU
Cable
CMUEA- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM IN port

Signal 03C
Cable

Cable FAN 03C 03C
Between NOTE NOTE
FAN 03C level FAN level FAN
Units 03C 03C
BBU BBU
upper-level
FAN 03C.

Cables 2 Cable List

8.4.13 BBU DLC One of the DLC l CI port on

Interconnec connector M0 to M4 connector the
tion Signal ports on the UMPT in
Cables UCIU in the the BBU
BBU l S0 port
on the
UCIU in
the BBU
8.4.14 Cable DB15 male GCK port on MD36 male CKB1 or

Between connector the UCIU in connector CKB2 port
Two the BBU on the DCTB
Combined
Base
Stations

Local BBU
Maintenanc
e

installed 11A-BBU connector port on the connector on the UPEU
before Monitoring left side of
delivery Signal the PMU
Cable 11A
8.2.24 RJ45 COM IN port RJ45 MON0 port

FMUEA- connector on the FAN connector on the UPEU
BBU 03C or UEIU
Monitoring NOTE
Signal If no BBU is
Cable installed in
the cabinet,
bind the
cable on the
right side of
the cabinet.

Cable FAN 03C

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE


Cables 9.1 CPRI SFP20 male CPRI port on SFP20 male CPRI port on
before Cable WBBP, or
delivery LBBP
Cables to be If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before
onsite delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900
RF Cables

Cables 2 Cable List


port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
delivery Cable
2.2 BTS3900L Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B),
BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List

The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables,
signal cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables
The following table describes the PGND cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-20 PGND cables


installed for the (M8) terminal on (M8) ground bar

installed for a module (M4) terminal on a (M4) terminal on
before module the cabinet
delivery
Power Cables

Cables to be DCDU-01 OT terminal l Black Depending External

installed Power (M6) wire: on the power
terminal power
on the equipment
DCDU-0
1
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
1
6.4.4 RRU OT terminal One of the Depending Power port

Power (M4) LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cables LOAD5 model
(optional) ports on the
DCDU-03B

Cables 2 Cable List

6.4.8 GATM 3V3 -48V port on Parallel SPARE1 or

Power connector the GATM terminal SPARE2
Cable port on the
DCDU-01

Power (M6) wire: on the power
(optional) terminal power
on the equipment
DCDU-0
3B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
3B

installed Power connector the RFU terminal RFU0 to
before Cables RFU5 ports
delivery on the
DCDU-01
FAN Power 3V3 -48V port on Parallel FAN port on

Cables connector the fan terminal the
assembly DCDU-01
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 PWR port on Parallel BBU port on

Power connector the UPEU terminal the
Cable DCDU-01
Transmission Cables
The following table shows the transmission cables.

Cables 2 Cable List


WMPT, transmission
UMPT, or equipment
UTRP
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE or FE/GE RJ45 External

Ethernet connector electrical connector transmission
Cable port on the equipment
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
7.3 FE/GE LC l FE or FE/ l FC External

Fiber Optic connector GE connecto transmission
Cable optical r equipment
port on l SC
the connecto
GTMU, r
WMPT,
UMPT, l LC
or UTRP connecto
r
l SFP0 or
SFP1
port on
the
LMPT
Cables 7.4 RJ45 FE electrical RJ45 FE0 port on

installed Interconnec connector port on the connector the WMPT
before tion Cable GTMU,
delivery Between WMPT,
FE/GE UMPT, or
Electrical LMPT
Ports
7.5 LC FE optical LC FE1 port on

Interconnec connector port on the connector the WMPT
tion Cable GTMU,
Between WMPT,
FE/GE UMPT, or
Optical LMPT
Ports

Cables 2 Cable List
Signal Cables

Cable

Cable UPEU or
UEIU
Inter-BBU DLC l M0 or M1 DLC CI port on

Signal connector port on connector the UMPT
Cables the UCIU
l CI port on
the
UMPT
HEI port on HEI port on

the WBBPf the WBBPf

Clock connector the USCU, female protector
Signal LMPT, or connector
Cable UMPT

Signal upper-level level fan
Cable fan assembly assembly
Between NOTE NOTE
FANs level fan level fan
assembly assembly
BBU BBU
upper-level
fan
assembly.

Cables 2 Cable List


Cable GATM Tee
8.4.16 RJ45 COM1 port RJ45 MON1 port

GATM connector on the connector on the UPEU
Monitoring GATM or MON0
Signal port on the
Cable UEIU
FMUC- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM_IN

GATM connector on the connector port on the
Monitoring GATM lower-level
Signal FAN
Cable

Local BBU
Maintenanc
e
8.4.14 Cable DB15 male GCK port on MD36 or DGLUb port

Between connector the UCIU in DB15 male on the DCTB
Two the BBU connector in the 3012
Combined series base
Base station
Stations
Cables 8.2.22 RJ45 COM IN port RJ45 MON0 port

installed FMUC- connector on the FAN connector on the UPEU
before BBU or UEIU
delivery Monitoring
Signal
Cable

Cable FAN
NOTE

Cables 2 Cable List
CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables

The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.
Table 2-24 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables

Cables CPRI SFP20 male CPRI ports SFP20 male CPRI0 or

installed electrical connector on the connector CPRI1 port
before cables(1) GTMU, on the RFU
delivery WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
Cables to be CPRI fiber DLC CPRI ports DLC CPRI port on

installed optic cable connector on the connector the RRU
onsite (optional) GTMU,
WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
NOTE
(1) If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900L cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables
are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900
RF Cables

Cables 2 Cable List


port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables 10.2 Inter- QMA elbow RX OUT QMA elbow RX IN port

installed RFU RF male port on the male on another
delivery Cable
2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List

The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables,
signal cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables
The following table describes the PGND cables.
Connecto Installation Connector Installation

r Position Position
Cables to be PGND cable OT Ground OT terminal External

installed for the terminal terminal on (M8) ground bar
onsite cabinet (M8) the cabinet
Cables PGND cable OT Ground OT terminal Ground

installed for a module terminal terminal on a (M4) terminal on
before (M4) module the cabinet
delivery

Cables 2 Cable List
Power Cables

r Position Position
Cables to be DCDU-11A OT Global: Depending External

installed Power terminal l Black on the power
onsite Cable wire: external equipment
RTN(+) power
terminal equipment
on the
DCDU-1
1A
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1A
UK:
l Blue
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1A
l Gray
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1A
6.4.4 RRU Tool-less One of the Depending Power port

Power female LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cables connector LOAD5 model
(optional) (pressfit ports on the
type) DCDU-11B

Cables 2 Cable List

r Position Position
6.4.8 GATM 3V3 -48V port on Parallel LOAD8 or

Cable on the
DCDU-11A
DCDU-11B OT Global: Depending External

Power terminal l Black on the power
Cable wire: external equipment
(optional) RTN(+) power
terminal equipment
on the
DCDU-1
1B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
UK:
l Blue
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
l Gray
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B

installed Power connector the RFU terminal LOAD0 to
before Cables LOAD5 ports
delivery on the
DCDU-11A
FAN 03B 3V3 -48V port on Parallel LOAD6 port

Power connector the FAN 03B terminal on the
Cable DCDU-11A

Cables 2 Cable List

r Position Position
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on Parallel LOAD7 or

Power connector the UPEU terminal LOAD8 port
Cable on the
DCDU-11A
Transmission Cables
The following table shows the transmission cables.


WMPT, transmission
UMPT, or equipment
UTRP

GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP

Cables 2 Cable List


port on l SC
the connecto
GTMU, r
WMPT,
UMPT, l LC
or UTRP connecto
r
l SFP0 or
SFP1
port on
the
LMPT

FE/GE UMPT, or
Electrical LMPT
Ports

tion Cable GTMU,
Between WMPT,
FE/GE UMPT, or
Optical LMPT
Ports
Signal Cables

Cables 2 Cable List

Cable

Cable UPEU or
UEIU
Inter-BBU DLC l M0 or M1 DLC CI port on

Signal connector port on connector the UMPT
Cables the UCIU
l CI port on
the
UMPT

the WBBPf the WBBPf

Cable UMPT

Cable FAN 03B 03B
Between NOTE NOTE
FAN 03B level FAN level FAN
Units 03B 03B
BBU BBU
upper-level
FAN 03B.

Cable GATM Tee

Cables 2 Cable List

8.4.16 RJ45 COM1 port RJ45 MON0 or

GATM connector on the connector MON1 port
Monitoring GATM on the UPEU
Signal
Cable
FMUE- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM IN port

Signal 03B
Cable

Local BBU
Maintenanc
e

Base station
Stations

installed FMUE- connector on the FAN connector on the UPEU
before BBU 03B or UEIU
delivery Monitoring
Signal
Cable

Cable FAN 03B
NOTE


Cables 2 Cable List


delivery WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP

WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
NOTE
RF Cables

Cables 2 Cable List


port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)

delivery Cable
2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List

The BTS3900L cables are classified into PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables,
transmission cables, CPRI electrical cables, signal cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables and Equipotential Cables

The following table lists the PGND cables and equipotential cables.
Table 2-32 PGND cables and equipotential Cables
Item Cable One End The Other End


installed for the (M8) terminal on (M8) ground bar

Cables 2 Cable List


Equipotenti (M6) terminal for (M6) terminal for
al Cable the the
(between the equipotentia equipotential
BTS3900L l cable on the cable on the
cabinet and cabinet subrack
IMS06)

Equipotenti (M6) terminal for (M6) terminal for
al Cable the the
(between the equipotentia equipotential
IMS06 and l cable on the cable on the
door of the subrack door of the
subrack) subrack

installed for a module (M4) terminal on a (M4) terminal for
cabinet
Power Cables
Conne Installation Connector Installatio

ctor Position n Position
Cables to be EPU05A-02 OT Port AC INPUT on Depending External

installed Power termina the EPU05A-02 in on the power
onsite Cable (AC l (M6) the IMS06 external equipment
scenario) power
equipment

Cables 2 Cable List

DCDU-12A OT Global: l Dependi l External

Power termina l Black wire: ng on the equipme
Cable l (M6) RTN(+) external nt in DC
terminal on the power scenario
DCDU-12A equipme s
nt in DC l RTN(+)
l Blue wire: NEG scenario
(-) terminal on and NEG
s (-)
the DCDU-12A
l OT terminal
UK: terminal s near
l Blue wire: RTN (M6) in RFC_1
(+) terminal on AC and
the DCDU-12A scenario RFC_2
l Gray wire: NEG s on the
(-) terminal on EPU05A
the DCDU-12A -02 in
AC
scenario
s
DCDU-12B OT Global: Depending External

Power termina l Black wire: on the power
Cable l (M6) RTN(+) external equipment
(optional) terminal on the power
DCDU-12B equipment
l Blue wire: NEG

(-) terminal on
the DCDU-12B
UK:
l Blue wire: RTN
(+) terminal on
the DCDU-12B
l Gray wire: NEG
(-) terminal on
the DCDU-12B
6.4.8 GATM 3V3 -48V port on the EPC4 LOAD8 or

Power connect GATM connector LOAD9
Cable or port on the
DCDU-12A

Cables 2 Cable List

6.4.4 RRU EPC4 l EPC4 Depending PWR port

Power or connector: one on the RRU on the RRU
Cables EPC5 of the LOAD6 model
(optional) connect to LOAD8 ports
or on the
DCDU-12B
l EPC5
connector: one
of the LOAD0
to LOAD5 ports
on the
DCDU-12B
Cables 6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port on an EPC4 One of the

installed Power connect RFU connector LOAD0 to
before Cables or LOAD5
delivery ports on the
DCDU-12A
FAN 03C 3V3 -48V port on the EPC4 LOAD6

Power connect FAN 03C connector port on the
Cable or DCDU-12A
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on the EPC4 LOAD7 or

Power connect UPEU connector LOAD8
Cable or port on the
DCDU-12A
Transmission Cables


WMPT, transmission
UMPT, or equipment
UTRP

Cables 2 Cable List


GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP

port on l SC
the connecto
GTMU, r
WMPT,
UMPT, l LC
or UTRP connecto
r
l SFP0 or
SFP1
port on
the
LMPT

FE/GE UMPT, or
Electrical LMPT
Ports

tion Cable GTMU,
Between WMPT,
FE/GE UMPT, or
Optical LMPT
Ports
Signal Cables

Cables 2 Cable List

Cable

Cable UPEU or
UEIU
Inter-BBU DLC DLC CI port on

Signal connector connector the UMPT
Cables
the WBBPf the WBBPf

Cable UMPT

Cable FAN 03C 03C
Between NOTE NOTE
FAN 03C level FAN level FAN
Units 03C 03C
BBU BBU
upper-level
FAN 03C.

Cable GATM Tee
8.4.16 RJ45 COM1 port RJ45 MON0 or

GATM connector on the connector MON1 port
Monitoring GATM on the UPEU
Signal
Cable (DC
scenario)

Cables 2 Cable List

CMUEA- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM IN port

Signal 03C
Cable
8.4.15 USB USB(1) port Ethernet Ethernet

Local BBU
Maintenanc
e

Base station
Stations
PMU 11A- RJ45 COM_IN RJ45 MON1 port

BBU connector port on the connector on the UPEU
Monitoring PMU 11A in or UEIU
Signal Cable the
(AC EPU05A-02
scenario) in the IMS06

installed FMUEA- connector on the FAN connector on the UPEU
before BBU 03C or UEIU
delivery Monitoring
Signal
Cable

Cable FAN 03C
NOTE


Cables 2 Cable List


delivery WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP

WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
NOTE
RF Cables

Cables 2 Cable List


port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)

delivery Cable
2.3 BTS3900A Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B),
BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), BTS3900A(Ver.E), and enhanced cabinets.
2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List

The BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission
PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable

The following table lists the PGND cable and equipotential cable.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-38 PGND cable and equipotential cable
Class Cable One End The Other End

ificat
ion Connector Installation Connector Installation
Position Position
Cable PGND cable OT terminal Ground bar in OT terminal Ground busbar

s to be (M6) a cabinet (M6) outside the
install cabinet
ed
onsite Equipotential OT terminal Ground bar in OT terminal Ground bar in
cable (M6) the upper (M6) the lower
cabinet(1) cabinet(1)
Ground bar in Ground bar in

a TMC11H, an RFC
IBBS200D, or
IBBS200T
NOTE
(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has
been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D, IBBS200T,
or TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.
Power Cables
The following table lists the power cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-39 Power cables to be installed onsite
Cable One End The Other End
Conne Installation Conne Installation Position

ctor Position ctor
EPS 01A or EPS OT AC INPUT Depend External power equipment

01C power cable termina terminal on the ing on
l (M6) EPS in an the
APM30H externa
l power
equipm
ent
DCDU-01 Depend External power OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in ing on equipment termina terminals near the INPUT
DC scenarios) the l (M6) silkscreen on the DCDU-01in
external an RFC
power
equipm
ent

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
DCDU-03C Tool- TMC port on the OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in less EPS in an termina terminals on the DCDU-03C
AC scenarios) female APM30H l (M6) in a TMC11H
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
Power cable for Power BAT port on the OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)
a power series EPS in an termina terminals near the BAT
distribution box 120 APM30H l (M8) silkscreen on the power
connect distribution box in an
or IBBS200D or IBBS200T
(gray)
Power cable for Tool- LOAD3 port on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

the fan in an less the EPS in an termina terminals near the FAN/
IBBS200D female APM30H l (M4) TEC_CON_BOLT
connect silkscreen on the power
or distribution box in an
(pressfi IBBS200D
t type)
TEC power Tool- LOAD2 or OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

cable less LOAD3 port on termina terminals near the FAN/
female the EPS in an l (M4) TEC_CON_BOLT
connect APM30H silkscreen on the power
or distribution box in an
(pressfi IBBS200T
t type)
Power cable for OT L1 and N1 OT L and N terminals in the

a heating film termina terminals or L2 termina junction terminals for the
l (M4) and N2 terminals l (M4) input power cable for the
on the AC junction heating film in an IBBS200D
box in an
APM30H
Power cable for OT L3 and N3 OT L and N terminals on the AC

an AC junction termina terminals on the termina junction box in a TMC11H
box (in AC l (M4) AC junction box in l (M4)
scenarios) an APM30H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
6.4.1 EMUA or Tool- LOAD4 port on Cord PWR1 port on the EMUA or
EMUB Power less the EPS in an end PWR port on the EMUB in an
Cable (in an female APM30H termina APM30H or TMC11H
APM30H) connect l
or
(pressfi
t type)
6.4.1 EMUA or Tool- LOAD8 port on

EMUB Power less the DCDU-03C in
Cable (in a female a TMC11H
TMC11H) connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
6.4.8 GATM Parallel -48V port on the 3V3 l GATM0(1): SPARE1 port
Power Cable (in termina GATM connect on the DCDU-01 in the
an APM30H) l or RFC
l GATM1(2): BBU port on
the DCDU-01 in the RFC
6.4.8 GATM OT -48V port on the 3V3 l GATM0: LOAD8 port on

Power Cable (in termina GATM connect the DCDU-03C in the
a TMC11H) l (M4) or TMC11H
l GATM1: LOAD7 port on
the DCDU-03C in the
TMC11H
NOTE
(1) and (2): When two GATM boards need to be configured, install them below the BBU. GATM0 is the upper
GATM and GATM1 is the lower GATM.
The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-40 Power cables installed before delivery
Conne Installation Connec Installation Position

ctor Position tor
DCDU-03C Parallel SPARE2 terminal OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in termina on the DCDU-01in terminal terminals on the DCDU-03C
DC scenarios) l an RFC (M6) in a TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
DCDU-01 Power RFC1 port on the OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in series EPS in an terminal terminals near the INPUT
AC scenarios) 120 APM30H (M6) silkscreen on the
connect DCDU-01in an RFC
or
(blue)
BBU power Tool- LOAD1 port on 3V3 -48V port on the UPEU in
cable (in an less the EPS in an connecto the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H) female APM30H r
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
BBU power OT LOAD6 port on 3V3 -48V port on the UPEU in

cable (in a termina the DCDU-03C in connecto the BBU in a TMC11H
TMC11H) l a TMC11H r
FAN 02A power Tool- LOAD0 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 02A
cable (in an less the EPS in an connecto in an APM30H
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
FAN 02A power OT LOAD8 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 02A
cable (in a termina the DCDU-03C in connecto in a TMC11H
TMC11H) l (M4) a TMC11H r
RFU power Parallel RFU0 to RFU5 3V3 PWR ports on RFU 0to RFU
cables termina ports on the connecto 5in an RFC
l DCDU-01in an r
RFC
FAN 01A power Parallel FAN terminal on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 01A
cable termina the DCDU-01in an connecto in an RFC
l RFC r
Power cable for OT L0, N0, and PE C13 Power input port on the AC
an AC heater (in termina terminals on the connecto heater in an APM30H
an APM30H) l (M4) AC junction box in r
an APM30H
an AC heater (in termina terminals on the connecto heater in a TMC11H
a TMC11H) l (M4) AC junction box in r
a TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
SOU power OT M4 ground screw C13 AC INPUT port on the SOU

cable termina near the AC connecto in an APM30H
l (M4) OUTPUT terminal r
and L2 and N2
terminals on the
EPS in an
APM30H
Power cable for OT M4 ground screw OT L and N terminals on the AC

an AC junction termina near the AC terminal junction box and the ground
box (in an l (M4) OUTPUT terminal bar in an APM30H
APM30H) and L1 and N1
terminals on the
EPS in an
APM30H
Transmission Cables
The following table lists transmission cables.
Categ Cable One End The Other End

ory
Connect Installation Connecto Installation
or Position r Position
Cables E1/T1 cable DB26 OUTSIDE port on Dependin External

to be male the UELP in the g on the transmission
install connecto SLPU external equipment
ed r power
onsite equipment
FE/GE RJ45 FE/GE electrical RJ45 External

Ethernet connecto port near the connector transmission
cable r OUTSIDE port on equipment
the UFLP in an
SLPU

Cables 2 Cable List

ory
FE/GE LC l FE/GE optical l FC External

fiber optic connecto port on the connec transmission
cable r GTMU, tor equipment
WMPT, l SC
UMPT, or connec
UTRP in the tor
BBU
l LC
l FE/GE optical connec
port on the tor
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU
Cables E1/T1 DB25 INSIDE port on the DB26 E1/T1 port on the
install surge connecto UELP in the SLPU connector GTMU, WMPT,
ed protection r UMPT, or UTRP in
before transfer the BBU
deliver cable
y
FE/GE RJ45 l FE electrical RJ45 FE electrical port
surge connecto port on the connector near the INSIDE
protection r GTMU, silkscreen on the
transfer WMPT, or UFLP in the SLPU
cable UMPT in the
BBU
l FE electrical
port on the
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU
Interconne RJ45 FE electrical port RJ45 FE electrical port on

ction cable connecto on the GTMU, connector the GTMU,
between r WMPT, UMPT, or WMPT, UMPT, or
FE/GE LMPT in the BBU LMPT in the BBU
electrical
ports
Interconne LC FE optical port on LC FE optical port on

ction cable connecto the GTMU, connector the GTMU,
optical
ports

Cables 2 Cable List
Signal Cables
The following table lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-42 Signal cables to be installed onsite
Connector Installation Connector Installation

Position Position
Monitoring RJ45 COM_OUT port on RJ45 COM_IN port on the

signal cable connector the upper-level connector lower-level CMUA
between CMUA
cascaded
CMUAs

signal cable connector the upper-level fan connector lower-level fan
between assembly assembly
cascaded fan
assemblies
Monitoring RJ45 COM_IN port on the RJ45 COM_485port on the

signal cable connector CMUA in an connector PMU in an APM30H
for the IBBS200D or
battery IBBS200T
cabinet
GPS clock SMA male GPS port on the Type N GPS surge protector
signal cable connector USCU in the BBU female
connector
8.4.4 EMUA/ DB9 male RS485 port on the RJ45 COM_OUT port on
EMUB connector EMUA or connector the PMU in an
Monitoring COM_485port on APM30H
Signal Cable the EMUB in an
(in an APM30H
APM30H)
EMUB connector EMUA or connector the FAN 02A in a
Monitoring COM_485port on TMC11H
Signal Cable the EMUB in a
(in a TMC11H
TMC11H)
BBU alarm RJ45 EXT_ALM0 or RJ45 External alarm device

cable connector EXT_ALM1 port on connector
the UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU

Cables 2 Cable List
8.4.23 RET SMA elbow ANT0 to ANT5 ports SMA DC/OOK port on the
Control male on the GATM straight Bias-Tee
Signal Cable connector male
connector
8.4.19 RJ45 COM2 port on the RJ45 COM_IN port on

CMUEA- connector GATM connector FAN02A in the
GATM APM30H or
Monitoring COM_IN port on
Signal Cable FAN01A in the RFC
8.4.16 RJ45 COM1 port on the RJ45 MON0 or MON1 port

GATM connector GATM connector on the BBU in the
Monitoring APM30H
Signal Cable
Adapter used USB USB(1) port on the Network Ethernet cable

for local connector UMPT in the BBU connector
maintenance
Cable DB15 male GCK port on the MD36 or DGLUb port on the
between two connector UCIU in the BBU DB15 male DCTB
combined connector
base stations
NOTE
The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-43 Signal cables installed before delivery
Connec Installation Connect Installation Position

tor Position or
Monitoring 4-pin TEM port on the Temperat Air intake vent at the bottom
signal cable connecto FAN 01A in an RFC ure sensor of the RFC
for the r
temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)
CMUA-BBU RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 MON0 port on the UPEU in

monitoring connecto the FAN 01A in an connector the BBU in an APM30H
signal cable r RFC

Cables 2 Cable List

tor Position or
COM_IN port on MON1 port on the UPEU in

the FAN 02A in an the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H
HPMI-PMU DB50 COM port on the DB50 PMU_DB50 port on the

monitoring male PMU in an male FAN 02A in an APM30H
signal cable connecto APM30H connector
r
PMU-CMUA RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 COM_OUT port on the

monitoring connecto the PMU in an connector FAN 02A in an APM30H
signal cable r APM30H
ELU signal RJ45 RJ45 port on the RJ45 l ELU port on the FAN
cable connecto ELU in each cabinet connector 02A in an APM30H or
r TMC11H
l ELU port on the FAN
01A in an RFC
l ELU port on the CMUA
in an IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
Monitoring 2-pin GATE port on the Bare wire Door status sensor
signal cable connecto FAN 02A in an
for the door r APM30H
status sensor
(in an
APM30H)
Monitoring Bare l GATE port on Bare wire Door status sensor

signal cable wire the FAN 02A in
for the door a TMC11H
status sensor l GATE port on
(in a the FAN 01A in
TMC11H, an RFC
RFC,
IBBS200D, or l GATE port on
IBBS200T) the CMUA in an
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
Monitoring 4-pin DC junction box in 4-pin FAN_EXT port on the FAN

signal connecto the front door of an connector 02A in an APM30H
transfer r APM30H
cable for the
fan in the
front door

Cables 2 Cable List

The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.

ory
Position Position
Cable CPRI SFP20 male l CPRI0 to SFP20 male CPRI0 or

s electrical connector CPRI5 connector CPRI1 port on
install cables(1) ports on RFU 0 to RFU
ed the GTMU 5
before in the BBU
delive l CPRI0 to
ry CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU
Cable CPRI fiber DLC l CPRI0 to DLC l CPRI_W

s to be optic cables connector CPRI5 connector port on the
install ports on RRU
ed the GTMU l CPRI_0
onsite in the BBU port on the
l CPRI0 to RRU
CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE
(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables have also been installed in
the APM30H+RFC or TMC11H+RFC cabinet combination. CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite in
the following cases:
l In initial configuration, less than six RFUs are installed in the RFC before delivery. When RFUs are added
for capacity expansion, CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite.
l When an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.
RF Cables
The following table lists the RF cables.

ory
Position Position
Cable RF jumpers DIN straight Antenna DIN elbow ANT_TX/

s to be male feeder male RXA and
install connector connector ANT_RXB
ed ports on the
onsite RFU
Cable Inter-RFU RF QMA elbow RX_OUTA QMA elbow RX_INB port

s signal cable male port on the male on the RFU
install connector RFU connector
ed
before
delive
ry
2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List


The following table lists the PGND cable and equipotential cable.

Cables 2 Cable List
Class Cable One End The Other End

ificat
ion Connector Installation Connector Installation
Position Position

install cabinet
ed

a TMC11H, an RFC
IBBS200D, or
IBBS200T
NOTE
been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D, IBBS200T,
or TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.
Power Cables

ctor Position ctor
EPU03A-02or OT AC INPUT Depend External power equipment

EPU03A-04pow termina terminal on the ing on
er cable l (M6) EPU in an the
APM30H externa
l power
equipm
ent
DCDU-11C Tool- TMC port on the OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in less EPU in an termina terminals on the DCDU-11C
AC scenarios) female APM30H l (M6) in a TMC11H
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
Power cable for Power Power series 175 OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)
a power series connector (gray) of termina terminals near the BAT
distribution box 175 the EPU in an l (M8) silkscreen on the power
connect APM30H distribution box in an
or IBBS200D or IBBS200T
(gray)
Power cable for OT RTN(+) and NEG Depend External power equipment
the DC junction termina (-) terminals on the ing on
box in an RFC l (M6) DC junction box in the
(in DC scenarios) an RFC externa
l power
equipm
ent
Power cable for Tool- LOAD3 port on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

the fan in an less the EPU in an termina terminals near the FAN/TEC
IBBS200D female APM30H l (M4) silkscreen on the power
connect distribution box in an
or IBBS200D
(pressfi
t type)
TEC power Tool- LOAD2 or OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

cable less LOAD3 port on termina terminals near the FAN/TEC
female the EPU in an l (M4) silkscreen on the power
connect APM30H distribution box in an
or IBBS200T
(pressfi
t type)
Power cable for OT L1 and N1 OT L and N terminals in the

a heating film termina terminals or L2 termina junction terminals for the
l (M4) and N2 terminals l (M4) input power cable for the
on the AC junction heating film in an IBBS200D
box in an
APM30H

an AC junction termina terminals on the termina junction box in a TMC11H
box (in AC l (M4) AC junction box in l (M4)
scenarios) an APM30H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
6.4.1 EMUA or Tool- LOAD4 port on Cord PWR1 port on the EMUA or
EMUB Power less the EPU in an end PWR port on the EMUB in an
Cable (in an female APM30H termina APM30H or TMC11H
APM30H) connect l
or
(pressfi
t type)
6.4.1 EMUA or Tool- LOAD8 port on

EMUB Power less the DCDU-11C in
Cable (in a female a TMC11H
TMC11H) connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
6.4.8 GATM Tool- -48V port on the 3V3 l GATM0(1): LOAD7 port
Power Cable (in less GATM connect on the DCDU-11A in the
an APM30H) female or RFC
connect
l GATM1(2): BBU_1 port
or
on the EPU03A-02/04 in
(pressfi
the APM30H
t type)
6.4.8 GATM Tool- -48V port on the 3V3 l GATM0: LOAD8 port on
Power Cable (in less GATM connect the DCDU-11C in the
a TMC11H) female or TMC11H
connect l GATM1: LOAD6 port on
or the DCDU-11C in the
(pressfi TMC11H
t type)
NOTE
(1) and (2): When two GATM boards need to be configured, install them below the BBU. GATM0 is the upper
GATM and GATM1 is the lower GATM.

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
Power cable for OT Power series OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

the DC junction termina 120connector terminal terminals on the DC junction
box in an RFC l (M6) (blue) of the EPU (M6) box in an RFC
(in AC scenarios) in an APM30H
DCDU-11A OT RTN(+) and NEG OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable termina (-) terminals on the terminal terminals on the
l (M6) DC junction box in (M6) DCDU-11A in an RFC
an RFC
DCDU-11C OT RTN(+) and NEG OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in termina (-) terminals on the terminal terminals on the DCDU-11C
DC scenarios) l DC junction box in in a TMC11H
an RFC
BBU power Tool- BBU_0or 3V3 -48V port on the UPEU in

cable (in an less BBU_1port on the connecto the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H) female EPU in an r
connect APM30H
or
(pressfi
t type)
BBU power Tool- LOAD6 or -48V port on the UPEU in

cable (in a less LOAD7 port on the BBU in a TMC11H
TMC11H) female the DCDU-11C in
connect a TMC11H
or
(pressfi
t type)
FAN 02B power Tool- LOAD5 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 02B
cable (in an less the EPU in an connecto in an APM30H
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
cable (in a less the DCDU-11C in connecto in a TMC11H
TMC11H) female a TMC11H r
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
RFU power Tool- LOAD0 to 3V3 PWR ports on RFU 0to RFU
cables less LOAD5 ports on connecto 5in an RFC
female the DCDU-11A in r
connect an RFC
or
(pressfi
t type)
cable less the DCDU-11A in connecto in an RFC
female an RFC r
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
an APM30H
a TMC11H

cable termina near the AC connecto in an APM30H
l (M4) OUTPUT terminal r
and L2 and N2
terminals on the
EPU in an
APM30H

an AC junction termina near the AC terminal junction box and the ground
box (in an l (M4) OUTPUT terminal bar in an APM30H
APM30H) and L1 and N1
terminals on the
EPU in an
APM30H
Transmission Cables

Cables 2 Cable List

ory

ed r power
onsite equipment

the UFLP in an
SLPU

WMPT, l SC
UMPT, or connec
UTRP in the tor
BBU
l LC
port on the tor
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU
deliver cable
y
FE/GE RJ45 l FE electrical RJ45 FE electrical port
surge connecto port on the connector near the INSIDE
cable UMPT in the
BBU
l FE electrical
port on the
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

ory

electrical
ports

optical
ports
Signal Cables

Position Position

signal cable connector the upper-level connector lower-level CMUE
between CMUE
cascaded
CMUEs

cascaded fan
assemblies
Monitoring RJ45 COM_IN port on the RJ45 COM_485port on the

signal cable connector CMUE in an connector PMU in an APM30H
for the IBBS200D or
battery IBBS200T
cabinet
connector

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
EMUB connector EMUA or connector the PMU in an
Monitoring COM_485port on APM30H
Signal Cable the EMUB in an
(in an APM30H
APM30H)
EMUB connector EMUA or connector the FAN 02B in a
Monitoring COM_485port on TMC11H
Signal Cable the EMUB in a
(in a TMC11H
TMC11H)

the UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU
connector
8.4.19 RJ45 COM2 port on the RJ45 COM_IN port on

CMUEA- connector GATM connector FAN02B in the
GATM APM30H or
Monitoring COM_IN port on
Signal Cable FAN01B in the RFC

GATM connector GATM connector on the BBU in the
Monitoring APM30H
Signal Cable

maintenance
combined connector
base stations

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE

tor Position or
signal cable connecto FAN 01B in an RFC ure sensor of the RFC
for the r
temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)
CMUE-BBU RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 MON0 port on the UPEU in

monitoring connecto the FAN 01B in an connector the BBU in an APM30H
signal cable r RFC

the FAN 02B in an the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H
HPMI-PMU DB50 COM port on the DB50 PMU_DB50 port on the

monitoring male PMU in an male FAN 02B in an APM30H
signal cable connecto APM30H connector
r
PMU-CMUE RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 COM_OUT port on the

monitoring connecto the PMU in an connector FAN 02B in an APM30H
signal cable r APM30H
ELU signal RJ45 RJ45 port on the RJ45 l ELU port on the FAN
cable connecto ELU in each cabinet connector 02B in an APM30H or
r TMC11H
l ELU port on the FAN
01B in an RFC
l ELU port on the CMUE
in an IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
signal cable connecto FAN 02B in an
status sensor
(in an
APM30H)

Cables 2 Cable List

tor Position or
Monitoring Bare l GATE port on Bare wire Door status sensor

signal cable wire the FAN 02B in
for the door a TMC11H
status sensor l GATE port on
(in a the FAN 01B in
TMC11H, an RFC
RFC,
IBBS200D, or l GATE port on
IBBS200T) the CMUE in an
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
Monitoring 4-pin DC junction box in 4-pin FAN_EXT port on the FAN

signal connecto the front door of an connector 02B in an APM30H
transfer r APM30H
cable for the
fan in the
front door


Cables 2 Cable List

ory
Position Position

ed the GTMU 5
before in the BBU
delive l CPRI0 to
ry CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU

l CPRI0 to RRU
CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE
RF Cables

ory
Position Position

ed ports on the
onsite RFU

ed
before
delive
ry
2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List


The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-54 PGND cables and equipotential cables

ory
Position Position

install cabinet
ed

a TMC11H or an RFC
battery
cabinet
NOTE
(1) When the APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on the RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets
has been installed before delivery. When the IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D,
IBBS200T, or TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.
Power Cables

ctor Position ctor
EPU05A-02 or OT AC INPUT port on Depend External power equipment

EPU05A-04 termina the EPU in an ing on
power cable l (M6) APM30H the
externa
l power
equipm
ent
DCDU-12B OT RTN(+) and NEG Depend External power equipment

power cable termina (-) terminals on the ing on
ls DCDU-12B in an the
RFC externa
l power
equipm
ent

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
DCDU-12C EPC4 LOAD7 port on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in connect the EPU in the termina terminals on the DCDU-12C
AC scenarios) or APM30H l (M6) in a TMC11H
Power cable for OT BAT terminal on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

a power termina the EPU in the termina terminals near the BAT
distribution box l (M8) APM30H l (M8) silkscreen on the power
distribution box in a battery
cabinet(1)
Power cable for OT DC junction box in Depend External power equipment

the DC junction termina an RFC ing on
box in an RFC l (M6) the
(in DC scenarios) externa
l power
equipm
ent
Power cable for EPC4 LOAD8 port on EPC4 FAN/TEC and INPUT ports
the fan in an connect the EPU in the connect on the power distribution box
IBBS200D or APM30H or in the IBBS200D
Power cable for EPC4 LOAD8 port on OT FAN/TEC wiring terminal on

the fan in an connect the EPU in the termina the DC junction box in the
IBBS300D or APM30H l (M4) IBBS300D
Power cable for EPC4 LOAD8 port on EPC4 FAN/TEC and INPUT ports
the TEC in an connect the EPU in the connect on the power distribution box
IBBS200T or APM30H or in the IBBS200T
Power cable for EPC4 LOAD8 port on OT FAN/TEC wiring terminal on

the TEC in the connect the EPU in the termina the DC junction box in the
IBBS300T or APM30H l (M4) IBBS300D
Power cable for OT L1 and N1 OT L and N terminals on the

a heating film termina terminals or L2 termina junction terminal for the
l (M4) and N2 terminals l (M4) heating film power cable in
on the AC junction the IBBS200D
box in the
APM30H

the AC junction termina terminals on the termina junction box in the TMC11H
box (in a l (M4) AC junction box in l (M4)
TMC11H) the APM30H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor

the AC junction termina terminals on the termina junction box in the
box (in an l (M4) AC junction box in l (M4) IBBS300D or IBBS300T
IBBS300D/ the APM30H
IBBS300T)
Power cable for EPC4 LOAD8 port on EPC4 DC INPUT port on the power
the temperature connect the EPU in the connect distribution box in the
control system or APM30H or IBBS700D/IBBS700T

the AC junction termina terminals on the termina junction box in the
box (in an l (M4) AC junction box in l (M4) IBBS700D or IBBS700T
IBBS700D/ the APM30H
IBBS700T)
Power cables for OT BAT(+) and BAT OT Positive and negative poles of
storage batteries termina (-) terminals on the termina storage batteries in a battery
l (M8) power distribution l (M6) cabinet
box in the battery
cabinet
Power cables for OT Circuit breaker OT Positive and negative poles of

storage termina below the DC termina storage batteries in a battery
batteries (in an l (M8) junction box on the l (M6) cabinet
IBBS300D/ right of battery
IBBS300T) cabinet and the
terminal on the DC
junction box with
NEG(-) printed on
the left
6.4.1 EMUA or EPC4 LOAD5 port on Cord PWR1 port on the EMUA or
EMUB Power connect the EPU in the end PWR port on the EMUB in
Cable (in the or APM30H termina the APM30H or TMC11H
APM30H) l
6.4.1 EMUA or EPC4 LOAD8 port on

EMUB Power connect the DCDU-12C in
Cable (in the or the TMC11H
TMC11H)
6.4.8 GATM EPC4 -48 V port on the 3V3 l GATM0(2): LOAD7 port
Power Cable (in connect GATM connect on the DCDU-12A in the
the APM30H) or or RFC
l GATM1(3): LOAD5 port
on the EPU05A-02/04 in
the APM30H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
6.4.8 GATM EPC4 -48 V port on the 3V3 l GATM0: LOAD8 port on
Power Cable (in connect GATM connect the DCDU-12C in the
the TMC11H) or or TMC11H
l GATM1: LOAD7 port on
the DCDU-12C in a
TMC11H
NOTE
(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T

(2) and (3): When two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed
above GATM1.

ctor Position tor
DCDU-12C OT DC junction box in OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

Power Cable (in termina an RFC terminal terminals on the DCDU-12C
DC scenario) l (M6) (M6) in a TMC
Power cable for OT RFC1 or RFC2 OT DC junction box in an RFC

the DC junction termina terminal on the terminal
box in an RFC l (M6) EPU in the (M6)
(in AC scenarios) APM30H
DCDU-12A OT DC junction box in OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable termina an RFC terminal terminals on the
l (M6) (M6) DCDU-12A in an RFC
BBU power EPC4 LOAD0 or 3V3 -48V port on the UPEU in

cable (in an connect LOAD1 port on connecto the BBU in the APM30H
APM30H) or the EPU in the r
APM30H
BBU power EPC4 LOAD6 or -48V port on the UPEU in

cable (in a connect LOAD7 port on the BBU in the TMC11H
TMC11H) or the DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
FAN 02D power EPC4 LOAD2 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 02D
cable (in an connect the EPU in the connecto in the APM30H
APM30H) or APM30H r
FAN 02D power EPC4 LOAD9 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 02D
cable (in a connect the DCDU-12C in connecto in the TMC11H
TMC11H) or the TMC11H r
RFU power EPC4 LOAD0 to 3V3 PWR ports on the RFU 0 to

cable connect LOAD5 ports on connecto RFU 5 in the RFC
or the DCDU-12A in r
the RFC
FAN 01C power EPC4 LOAD6 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 01C
cable connect the DCDU-12A in connecto in an RFC
or an RFC r
an APM30H
a TMC11H

cable termina and L2 and N2 connecto in an APM30H
l (M4) ports near the AC r
OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the EPU
in an APM30H

an AC junction termina and L1 and N1 terminal junction box in an APM30H
box (in an l (M4) ports near the AC s and the cabinet ground bar
APM30H) OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the EPU
in an APM30H
CMUEA power 3V3 PWR port on the Bare FAN/TEC port on the power
cable connect CMUEA in an wire distribution box in the
or IBBS700D IBBS700D

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
CMUF power 3V3 PWR port on the Bare FAN/TEC port on the power
cable connect CMUF in an wire distribution box in the
or IBBS700T IBBS700D
Transmission Cables

ory

ed r power
onsite equipment

the UFLP in an
SLPU

WMPT, l SC
UMPT, or connec
UTRP in the tor
BBU
l LC
port on the tor
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU
cable

Cables 2 Cable List

ory
deliver FE/GE RJ45 l FE electrical RJ45 FE electrical port

y surge connecto port on the connector near the INSIDE
cable UMPT in the
BBU
l FE electrical
port on the
LMPT or
UMPT in the
BBU

electrical
ports

optical
ports
Signal Cables

Position Position

signal cable connector the upper-level connector lower-level CMUEA
between CMUEA
cascaded
CMUEAs

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

signal cable connector the upper-level connector lower-level
between CCU01D-03 CCU01D-03
cascaded
CCU01D-03
modules

cascaded fan
assemblies
Monitoring RJ45 COM_IN port on the RJ45 COM_485 port on the

signal cable connector CMUEA/ connector PMU in the APM30H
for the CCU01D-03 in the
battery battery cabinet
cabinet
connector
EMUB connector EMUA or COM_485 connector the PMU in an
Monitoring port on the EMUB in APM30H
Signal Cable the APM30H
(in the
APM30H)
EMUB connector EMUA or COM_485 connector the FAN 02D in a
Monitoring port on the EMUB in TMC11H
Signal Cable the TMC11H
(in the
TMC11H)

the UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU
connector

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
8.4.19 RJ45 COM2 port on the RJ45 COM_IN port on the

CMUEA- connector GATM connector FAN02D in the
GATM APM30H or
Monitoring COM_IN port on the
Signal Cable FAN01C in the RFC

GATM connector GATM connector on the UPEU in the
Monitoring BBU in the APM30H
Signal Cable

maintenance
combined connector
base stations
NOTE

tor Position or
signal cable connecto FAN 01C in an RFC ure sensor of an RFC
for the r
temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)
CMUEA- RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 MON0 port on the UPEU in

BBU connecto the FAN 01C in an connector the BBU in an APM30H
monitoring r RFC
signal cable

Cables 2 Cable List

tor Position or

the FAN 02D in an the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H
PMU- RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 COM_OUT port on the

CMUEA connecto the PMU in an connector FAN 02D in an APM30H
monitoring r APM30H
signal cable
ELU signal RJ45 l In the APM30H RJ45 RJ45 port on the ELU in
cable connecto or TMC11H: connector each cabinet
r ELU port on the
FAN 02D
l In the RFC:
ELU port on the
FAN 01C
l In the
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T:
ELU port on the
CMUEA
l In the
IBBS300D or
IBBS300T:
ELU port on the
CCU01D-03
l In the
IBBS700D:
ELU port on the
CMUEA
l In the
IBBS700T:
ELU port on the
CMUF
signal cable connecto PMU in an
status sensor
(in an
APM30H)

Cables 2 Cable List

tor Position or
Monitoring Bare l In the TMC11H: Bare wire Door status sensor

signal cable wire GATE port on
for the door the FAN 02D
status sensor l In the RFC:
(in the GATE port on
TMC11H, the FAN 01C
RFC,
IBBS200D, l In the
IBBS200T, IBBS200D or
IBBS700D, or IBBS200T:
IBBS700T) GATE port on
the CMUEA
l In the
IBBS300D or
IBBS300T:
GATE port on
the CCU01D-03
l In the
IBBS700D:
GATE port on
the CMUEA
l In the
IBBS700T:
GATE port on
the CMUF
Monitoring Intercon Fan power cable 4-pin FAN_EXT port on the FAN
signal nection routed out of the connector 02D in an APM30H
transfer terminal front door of an
cable for the APM30H
fan in the
front door


Cables 2 Cable List

ory
Position Position

ed the GTMU 5
before in the BBU
delive l CPRI0 to
ry CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU

l CPRI0 to RRU
CPRI5
ports or
CPRI0 to
CPRI2
ports on
the WBBP
in the BBU
l CPRI0 to
CPRI5
ports on
the LBBP
in the BBU

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE
RF Cables

ory
Position Position

ed ports on the
onsite RFU

ed
before
delive
ry
2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List

BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cables, power cables, transmission

The following table describes PGND cables and equipotential cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-62 PGND cables and equipotential cables

Cables to be 4 PGND OT terminal Ground bar OT terminal Ground bar

installed Cable (M6) in a cabinet (M6) of the site
onsite
5 OT terminal Ground bar OT terminal Ground bar
Equipotenti (M6) in an upper (M6) in a lower
al Cable cabinet(1) cabinet(1)
Ground bar Ground bar

in a in an RFC
TMC11H or
battery
cabinet
NOTE
been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D or
IBBS200T or a TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.
Power Cables
The following table lists power cables to be installed onsite.

Position Position
EPU05A-06 or OT terminal AC INPUT port Depending on External power

EPU05A-08 (M6) on the EPU in an the external equipment
power cable APM30H power
equipment
DCDU-12B OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

power cable (M6) NEG(-) the external equipment
terminals on the power
DCDU-12B in equipment
an RFC
DCDU-12C EPC4 connector LOAD7 port on OT terminal RTN(+) and

power cable (in the EPU in an (M6) NEG(-)
an AC scenario) APM30H terminals on the
DCDU-12C in a
TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Power cable for OT terminal BAT terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

a power (M8) on the EPU in an (M8) NEG(-)
distribution APM30H terminals near
box the BAT
silkscreen on the
power
distribution box
in a battery
cabinet(1)
Power cable for OT terminal DC junction box Depending on External power

the DC (M6) in an RFC the external equipment
junction box in power
an RFC (in a equipment
DC scenario)
Fan power EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on EPC4 connector FAN/TEC and
cables in an the EPU in an INPUT port on
IBBS200D APM30H the power
distribution box
in an IBBS200D
TEC power EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on EPC4 connector FAN/TEC and
cables in an the EPU in an INPUT port on
IBBS200T APM30H the power
distribution box
in an IBBS200T
Power cable for OT terminal L1 and N1 OT terminal L and N

a heating film (M4) terminals or L2 (M4) terminals on the
and N2 AC junction box
terminals on the for the heating
AC junction box film in an
in an APM30H IBBS200D
Power cable for OT terminal L3 and N3 OT terminal L and N

an AC junction (M4) terminals on the (M4) terminals on the
box (in a AC junction box AC junction box
TMC11H) in an APM30H in a TMC11H
Storage OT terminal Power OT terminal Positive and

battery power (M8) distribution (M6) negative poles
cable (in an boxes on the top of storage
IBBS200D or and inner right batteries in a
IBBS200T) wall of a battery battery cabinet
cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
EMUA or EPC4 connector LOAD5 port on Cord end PWR1 port on

EMUB power the EPU in an terminal the EMUA or
cable (in an APM30H PWR port on the
APM30H) EMUB in an
APM30H or
EMUA or EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on TMC11H
EMUB power the DCDU-12C
cable (in a in a TMC11H
TMC11H)
GATM power EPC4 connector -48V port on a 3V3 connector l GATM0(2):

cable (in an GATM LOAD7 port
APM30H) on the
DCDU-12A
in an RFC
l GATM1(3):
LOAD5 port
on the
EPU05A-06
or
EPU05A-08
in an
APM30H
GATM power EPC4 connector -48V port on a 3V3 connector l GATM0:

cable (in a GATM LOAD8 port
TMC11H) on the
DCDU-12C
in a
TMC11H
l GATM1:
LOAD7 port
on the
DCDU-12C
in a
TMC11H
NOTE
(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D or IBBS200T

(2) and (3): If two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed
above GATM1.
The following table lists power cables that have been installed before delivery.

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
DCDU-12C OT terminal DC junction box OT terminal RTN(+) and

power cable (in (M6) in an RFC (M6) NEG(-)
a DC scenario) terminals on the
DCDU-12C in a
TMC
Power cable for OT terminal RFC1 or RFC2 OT terminal DC junction box

the DC (M6) terminal on the (M6) in an RFC
junction box in EPU in an
an RFC (in an APM30H
AC scenario)
DCDU-12A OT terminal DC junction box OT terminal RTN(+) and

power cable (M6) in an RFC (M6) NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-12A in
an RFC
BBU power EPC4 connector LOAD0 or 3V3 connector -48V port on the
cable (in an LOAD1 port on UPEU in the
APM30H) the EPU in an BBU in an
APM30H APM30H
BBU power EPC4 connector LOAD6 or -48V port on the

cable (in a LOAD7 port on UPEU in the
TMC11H) the DCDU-12C BBU in a
in a TMC11H TMC11H
FAN 02E EPC4 connector LOAD2 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on the
power cable (in the EPU in an FAN 02E in an
an APM30H) APM30H APM30H
FAN 02E EPC4 connector LOAD9 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on the
power cable (in the DCDU-12C FAN 02E in a
a TMC11H) in a TMC11H TMC11H
RFU power EPC4 connector LOAD0 to 3V3 connector PWR ports on

cable LOAD5 ports RFU 0 to RFU 5
on the in an RFC
DCDU-12A in
an RFC
FAN 01D EPC4 connector LOAD6 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on the
power cable the DCDU-12A FAN 01D in an
in an RFC RFC

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Power cable for OT terminal L0, N0, and PE C13 connector Power input port
an AC heater (M4) terminals on the on the AC heater
(in an AC junction box in an APM30H
APM30H) in an APM30H
Power cable for OT terminal L0, N0, and PE C13 connector Power input port
an AC heater (M4) terminals on the on the AC heater
(in a TMC11H) AC junction box in a TMC11H
in a TMC11H
SOU power OT terminal M4 ground C13 connector AC INPUT port

cable (M4) screw, L2 on the SOU in
terminal, and an APM30H
N2 terminal
near the AC
OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the
EPU in an
APM30H
Power cable for OT terminal M4 ground OT terminal L and N

an AC junction (M4) screw, L1 terminals on the
box (in an terminal, and AC junction box
APM30H) N1 terminal and ground bar
near the AC in an APM30H
OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the
EPU in an
APM30H
Transmission Cable
The following table describes transmission cables.

Cables 2 Cable List

ory
Cables 7.3 FE/GE LC l FE/GE optical l FC External

to be Fiber Optic connecto port on the connec transmission
install Cable r UMPT or tor equipment
ed UTRP in a BBU l SC
onsite l FE/GE optical connec
port on the tor
LMPT or l LC
UMPT in a connec
BBU tor
Signal cable
The following table lists signal cables to be installed onsite.

Position Position
Monitoring RJ45 connector COM_OUT RJ45 connector COM_IN port

signal cable port on an on a lower-level
between upper-level FAN 01D
cascaded fan FAN 01D
assemblies
RJ45 connector COM_OUT/ RJ45 connector COM_IN port
U_COM1 port on a lower-level
on an upper- FAN 01D
level FAN 02E
RJ45 connector COM_OUT RJ45 connector COM_IN/

port on an U_COM0 port
upper-level on a lower-level
FAN 01D FAN 02E
RJ45 connector COM_OUT/ RJ45 connector COM_IN/

U_COM1 port U_COM0 port
on an upper- on a lower-level
level FAN 02E FAN 02E

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

signal cable port on the on the CMUH in
between CMUH in an a lower-level
cascaded upper-level IBBS200D or
CMUHs IBBS200D or IBBS200T
IBBS200T
CMUH-CCUB RJ45 connector COM_OUT/ RJ45 connector COM_IN port

monitoring U_COM1 port on a lower-level
signal cable on an upper- CMUH
level CCUB
CCUB-CMUH RJ45 connector COM_OUT RJ45 connector COM_IN/

monitoring port on an U_COM0 port
signal cable upper-level on a lower-level
CMUH CCUB

signal cable port on an on a lower-level
between upper-level CCU01D-03
cascaded CCU01D-03
CCU01D-03s
Monitoring RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector COM_485 port

signal cable for on the CMUH or on the FAN 02E
a battery CCU01D-03 in in an APM30H
cabinet a battery cabinet
GPS clock SMA male GPS port on the Type N female GPS surge
signal cable connector USCU in a BBU connector protector
EMUA or DB9 male RS485 port on RJ45 connector MON1-1/

EMUB connector the EMUA or D_COM1-1
monitoring COM_485 port port on the FAN
signal cable (in on the EMUB in 02E in an
an APM30H) an APM30H APM30H
EMUA or DB9 male RS485 port on RJ45 connector MON1-1/

EMUB connector the EMUA or D_COM1-1
monitoring COM_485 port port on the FAN
signal cable (in on the EMUB in 02E in a
a TMC11H) a TMC11H TMC11H
BBU alarm RJ45 connector EXT_ALM0 or RJ45 connector External alarm

cable EXT_ALM1 device
port on the
UPEU or UEIU
in a BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
RET control SMA elbow ANT0 to ANT5 SMA straight DC/OOK port
signal cable male connector ports on a male connector on a Bias-Tee
GATM
CMUH- RJ45 connector COM2 port on RJ45 connector COM_IN port

GATM GATM0 on the CMUH in
monitoring an RFC
signal cable
GATM RJ45 connector COM1 port on a RJ45 connector COM_OUT/

monitoring GATM U_COM1 or
signal cable MON1-1/
D_COM1-1
port on the FAN
02E in an
APM30H
Adapter used USB connector USBa port on Network Ethernet cable

for local the UMPT in a connector
maintenance BBU
Cable between DB15 male GCK port on the MD36 or DB15 DGLUb port on
two combined connector UCIU in a BBU male connector a DCTB
base stations
WIUA RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector l D_COM1

monitoring on a WIUA port on the
signal cable CMUH in an
IBBS200D
or
IBBS200T
l D_COM1
port on the
CCU01D-03
in an
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
NOTE
a: The security of a USB port is ensured by encryption, and a USB port can be shut down using a command.
A USB commission port is used for commissioning a base station rather than configuring and exporting
information of the base station.
The following table lists signal cables that have been installed before delivery.

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Monitoring 4-pin connector TEM port on the Temperature Air intake vent
signal cable for FAN 01D in an sensor at the bottom of
a temperature RFC an RFC
sensor (in an
RFC)
CMUH-CCUB RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON0-0/

monitoring on the FAN 01D D_COM0-0
signal cable in an RFC port on the
FAN02E in an
APM30H
CCUB-BBU RJ45 connector COM_IN/ RJ45 connector MON0 port on

monitoring U_COM0 port the UPEU in the
signal cable on the FAN 02E BBU in an
in an APM30H APM30H or
or TMC11H TMC11H
RJ45 connector COM_OUT/ RJ45 connector MON1 port on

U_COM1 port the UPEU in the
on the FAN 02E BBU in an
in an APM30H APM30H or
or TMC11H TMC11H
PMIU-CCUB RJ45 connector PMI port on the RJ45 connector PMI port on the
monitoring PMIU in an FAN 02E in an
signal cable APM30H APM30H

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
ELU signal RJ45 connector l ELU port on RJ45 connector RJ45 port on the
cable the FAN 02E ELU in a cabinet
in a an
APM30H or
TMC11H
l ELU port on
the FAN
01D in an
RFC
l ELU port on
the CMUH
in an
IBBS200D
or
IBBS200T
l ELU port on
the
CCU01D-03
in an
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
Monitoring Bare wire GATE port on Bare wire or Door status

signal cable for the FAN 02E in cord end sensor
a door status an APM30H terminal
sensor (in an
APM30H)

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Monitoring Bare wire l GATE port Bare wire Door status

signal cable for on the FAN sensor
a door status 02E in a
sensor (in a TMC11H
TMC11H, RFC, l GATE port
IBBS200D, or on the FAN
IBBS200T) 01D in an
RFC
l GATE port
on the
CMUH in an
IBBS200D
or
IBBS200T
l GATE port
on the
CCU01D-03
in an
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
Monitoring Interconnection Fan power cable 4-pin connector FAN_EXT port

signal transfer terminal routed out of the on the FAN 02E
cable for the front door of an in an APM30H
fan in a front APM30H or or TMC11H
door TMC11H
CPRI Electrical Cable and CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

The following table describes CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-68 CPRI electrical cable and CPRI fiber optic cable

ory
Position Position

s electrical connector CPRI5 connector CPRI1 ports
install cable(1) ports on on RFU 0 to
ed the LBBP RFU 5
before in a BBU
delive l CPRI0 to
ry CPRI5
ports on
the UBBP
in a BBU

s to be optic cable connector CPRI5 connector port on the
ed the LBBP l CPRI_0
onsite in a BBU port on the
l CPRI0 to RRU
CPRI5
ports on
the UBBP
in a BBU
NOTE
(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables also have been installed in
l In initial configuration, fewer than six RFUs are installed in an RFC before delivery. If RFUs are added
l If an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.
RF cables
The following table describes RF cables.

Cables 2 Cable List

ory
Position Position
Cable RF jumper DIN straight Antenna DIN elbow ANT_TX/

ed port on an
onsite RFU
Cable RFU QMA elbow RX_OUTA QMA elbow RX_INB port

s interconnectio male port on an male on an RFU
install n RF signal connector RFU connector
ed cable
before
delive
ry
2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List

BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, signal cables, and RF cables.
Power Cables and PGND Cables

NOTE
Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected
to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A
(Ver.A) GSM Hardware Description (with a Heat Exchanger).
The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.

Position Position
Equipotential OT terminal l Ground OT terminal l Front door of

Cable for the point on an the
Front Door inner wall of APM30H
the l Front door of
APM30H the
l Ground TMC11H
point on an
inner wall of
the
TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Input Power OT terminal AC INPUT Depending on External power

Cables for the terminal on the the external equipment
APM30H EPU in the power
APM30H equipment
Input Power EPC4 connector LOAD7 port on OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the the EPU in the NEG(-)
TMC11H (in APM30H terminals on the
AC Scenarios) DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H
Input Power Depending on External power OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the the external equipment NEG(-)
TMC11H (in power terminals on the
DC Scenarios) equipment DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H
Input Power OT terminal RFC1 terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the on the EPU in NEG(-)
RFC (in AC the APM30H terminals on the
Scenarios) left DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Input Power OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

Cable for the NEG(-) the external equipment
RFC (in DC terminals on the power
Scenarios) left DCDU-13A equipment
in the RFC
RFU Power EPC4 connector LOAD0 to 3V3 connector PWR port on

Cables LOAD2 ports any of RFU0 to
on the left RFU2 in the
DCDU-13A in RFC
the RFC
LOAD0 to PWR port on

LOAD2 ports any of RFU3 to
on the right RFU5 in the
DCDU-13A in RFC
the RFC

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Power cables OT terminal l NEG(-) OT terminal l NEG(-)

between terminal on terminal on
cascaded the left the right
DCDU-13As DCDU-13A DCDU-13A
in the RFC in the RFC
l RTN(+) l RTN(+)
terminal on terminal on
the left the right
DCDU-13A DCDU-13A
Power Cables OT terminal BAT terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

for the Battery on the EPU in (M8) NEG(-)
Cabinet the APM30H terminals near
the BAT
silkscreen on the
power
distribution box
in the
IBBS200T
TEC Power EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on EPC4 connector FAN/

Cable the EPU in the TEC_INPUT
APM30H port on the
power
distribution box
in the
IBBS200T
BBU Power EPC4 connector LOAD0 and 3V3 connector -48V port on the
Cable (in AC LOAD1 ports UPEU in the
Scenarios) on the EPU in BBU in the
the APM30H APM30H or
TMC11H
Cable (in DC LOAD7 ports UPEU in the
Scenarios) on the BBU in the
DCDU-12C in TMC11H
the TMC11H
CMUEA Power EPC4 connector LOAD2 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on the
Cable the EPU in the CMUEA in the
APM30H APM30H
LOAD9 port on PWR port on the

the DCDU-12C CMUEA in the
in the TMC11H TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

the left CMUEA in the
DCDU-13A in RFC
the RFC
EMUA Power EPC4 connector LOAD5 port on Cord end PWR1 terminal
Cable the EPU in the terminal on the EMUA
(Optional) APM30H
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-12C
in the TMC11H
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade.

Position Position
CMUEA-BBU RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON1 port on

Monitoring on the CMUEA the UPEU in the
Signal Cable in the APM30H BBU in the
APM30H
COM_IN port MON0 port on

on the CMUEA the UPEU in the
in the RFC BBU in the
APM30H
Monitoring Bare wire Door status 2-pin connector GATE port on

Signal Cable for sensor the PMU in the
the Door Status APM30H
Sensor in the
APM30H
Monitoring OT terminal Signal cable RJ45 connector COM_485 port

Signal Cable for transfer on the CMUEA
the IBBS200T terminal in the or PMU
IBBS200T
ELU Signal RJ45 connector ELU port on the RJ45 connector ELU
Cable CMUEA

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

Signal Cable for on the sensor
the Door Status CMUEA in
Sensor the
TMC11H
l GATE port
on the
CMUEA in
the RFC
Monitoring Interconnection l Power cable 4-pin connector l FAN_EXT

Signal Transfer terminal for the fan in port on the
Cable for the the front fan assembly
Fan in the Front door of the in the
Door APM30H APM30H
l Power cable l FAN_EXT
for the fan in port on the
the front fan assembly
door of the in the
TMC11H TMC11H
Surge Bare wire l DC_SPD Bare wire l IN0 port on

Protection port on the the CMUEA
Alarm Cable left in the RFC
for the DCDU-13A l IN1 port on
DCDU-13A in the RFC the CMUEA
l DC_SPD in the RFC
port on the
right
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Monitoring 4-pin connector TEMP1 port on 5-pin connector Port on the

Signal Cable for the CMUEA in environmental
the Temperature the RFC temperature
Sensor sensor in the
RFC
PMU-CMUEA RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector COM_OUT

Monitoring on the PMU port on the
Signal Cable CMUEA

Signal Cable port on the on the lower-
Between upper-level level CMUEA
Cascaded CMUEA
CMUEAs

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
EMUA DB9 male RS485 port on RJ45 connector COM_OUT

Monitoring connector the EMUA in port on the PMU
Signal Cable the APM30H in the APM30H
(Optional)
RS485 port on COM_OUT
the EMUA in port on the
the TMC11H CMUEA in the
TMC11H
RF Cables
The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade.
NOTE
l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is
upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to
be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors.
l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the
upgrade.

Position Position
10.1 RF DIN straight Antenna feeder DIN elbow male ANT_RXA and
Jumpers male connector connector ANT_RXB
ports on RFUs
2.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List

BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, and signal cables.
NOTE
Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are connected
to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A, see BTS3900A
GSM Hardware Description (with Breathable Film).
Power Cables and PGND Cables

The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Equipotential OT terminal l Ground OT terminal l Front door of

Cable for the point on an the APM30
Front Door inner wall of l Front door of
the APM30 the TMC
l Ground
point on an
inner wall of
the TMC
Input Power OT terminal AC INPUT Depending on External power

Cables for the terminal on the the external equipment
APM30 EPU in the power
APM30 equipment
Input Power EPC4 connector LOAD7 port on OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the the EPU in the NEG(-)
TMC (in AC APM30 terminals on the
Scenarios) DCDU-12C in
the TMC
Input Power Depending on External power OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the the external equipment NEG(-)
TMC (in DC power terminals on the
Scenarios) equipment DCDU-12C in
the TMC
Input Power OT terminal RFC1 terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the on the EPU in NEG(-)
RFC (in AC the APM30 terminals on the
Scenarios) left DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Input Power OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

Cable for the NEG(-) the external equipment
RFC (in DC terminals on the power
Scenarios) left DCDU-13A equipment
in the RFC
RFU Power EPC4 connector LOAD0 to 3V3 connector PWR port on

Cables LOAD2 ports any of RFU0 to
on the left RFU2 in the
DCDU-13A in RFC
the RFC

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
LOAD0 to PWR port on

LOAD2 ports any of RFU3 to
on the right RFU5 in the
DCDU-13A in RFC
the RFC
Power Cables OT terminal l NEG(-) OT terminal l NEG(-)

Between terminal on terminal on
Cascaded the left the right
DCDU-13As DCDU-13A DCDU-13A
l RTN(+) l RTN(+)
terminal on terminal on
the left the right
DCDU-13A DCDU-13A
Storage Battery OT terminal BAT terminal OT terminal Wiring copper

Power Cable on the EPU in bar for the
the APM30 positive and
negative poles
of storage
batteries
Cable (in AC LOAD1 ports UPEU in the
Scenarios) on the EPU in BBU in the
the APM30 APM30 or TMC
Cable (in DC LOAD7 ports UPEU in the
Scenarios) on the BBU in the
DCDU-12C in TMC
the TMC
Input Power OT terminal 8-pin transfer Cord end Transfer

Cable for the terminal on the terminal terminal on the
Heater EPU in the heater
APM30
Power Cable for OT terminal 8-pin transfer OT terminal Wiring terminal

the Heating terminal on the for the input
Film EPU in the power cable for
APM30 the heating film
in the BBC

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
CMUEA Power EPC4 connector LOAD2 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on the
Cable the EPU in the CMUEA in the
APM30 APM30

the DCDU-12C CMUEA in the
in the TMC TMC

the left CMUEA in the
DCDU-13A in RFC
the RFC
EMUA Power EPC4 connector LOAD5 port on Cord end PWR1 terminal
Cable the EPU in the terminal on the EMUA
(Optional) APM30
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-12C
in the TMC
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade.

Position Position
CMUEA-BBU RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON1 port on

Monitoring on the CMUEA the UPEU in the
Signal Cable in the APM30 BBU in the
APM30
COM_IN port MON0 port on

on the CMUEA the UPEU in the
in the RFC BBU in the
APM30
Monitoring Bare wire Door status 2-pin connector GATE port on

Signal Cable for sensor the PMU in the
the Door Status APM30
Sensor in the
APM30

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Monitoring OT terminal When an 2-pin connector TEM_BAT port

Signal Cable for external battery on the PMU in
the Temperature cabinet is used, the APM30
Sensor in the this cable is
Battery Cabinet bound to the
cable bridge on
the left side of
the upper
compartment in
the battery
cabinet.
Monitoring 4-pin connector l TEMP1 port 5-pin connector l Port on the

Signal Cable for on the environment
the Temperature CMUEA in al
Sensor the APM30 temperature
l TEMP2 port sensor in the
on the APM30
CMUEA in l Port on the
the APM30 temperature
l TEMP1 port sensor near
on the the air
CMUEA in exhaust vent
the RFC in the
APM30
l Port on the
environment
al
temperature
sensor in the
RFC
Monitoring 4-pin connector IFAN1 and 4-pin connector J01 and J02
Signal Transfer IFAN2 ports on ports on the fan
Cable for the the CMUEA interface board
Fan on the Top
of the Cabinet
Interior
ELU Signal RJ45 connector ELU on the RJ45 connector ELU

Cable CMUEA

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

Signal Cable for on the sensor
the Door Status CMUEA in
Sensor the TMC
l GATE port
on the
CMUEA in
the RFC
Monitoring Interconnection l Power cable 4-pin connector l EFAN1 and

Signal Transfer terminal for the fan in EFAN2
Cable for the the front ports on the
Fan in the Front door of the CMUEA in
Door APM30 the APM30
l Power cable l EFAN1 and
for the fan in EFAN2
the front ports on the
door of the CMUEA in
TMC the TMC
Surge Bare wire l DC_SPD Bare wire l IN0 port on

Protection port on the the CMUEA
Alarm Cable left in the RFC
for the DCDU-13A l IN1 port on
DCDU-13A in the RFC the CMUEA
l DC_SPD in the RFC
port on the
right
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
PMU-CMUEA RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector COM_OUT

Monitoring on the PMU port on the
Signal Cable CMUEA

Signal Cable port on the on the lower-
Between upper-level level CMUEA
Cascaded CMUEA
CMUEAs
EMUA DB9 male RS485 port on RJ45 connector COM_OUT

Monitoring connector the EMUA in port on the PMU
Signal Cable the APM30 in the APM30
(Optional)

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
RS485 port on COM_OUT

the EMUA in port on the
the TMC CMUEA in the
TMC
RF Cables
The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade.
NOTE
l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is
upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to
be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors.
l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the
upgrade.

Position Position
10.1 RF DIN straight Antenna feeder DIN elbow male ANT_TX/RXA

Jumpers male connector connector and ANT_RXB
ports on an RFU
2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List

This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables.
2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List

The BTS3900AL cables consist of the PGND cable, equipotential cable, power cables,
transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

The PGND cable and equipotential cable need to be installed onsite. The following table lists
the cable connections.

Cables 2 Cable List
No. Cable One End The Other End
Connect Installation Connect Installation

or Position or Position
1 4 PGND OT Ground bar in a OT Ground busbar

Cable terminal cabinet terminals outside the cabinet
(M6)
2 5 OT Ground bar in a OT Ground bar in a

Equipotentia terminal cabinet terminal cabinet
l Cable (M6) (M6)
Power Cables
Table 2-71 lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-72 lists the power cables that
have been installed before delivery.
Connecto Installation Connecto Installation

r Position r Position
1 PDU05A-01 Cord end L1, L2, L3, N, Depending External power

Power Cable terminal and PE on the equipment
terminals on external
the equipment
PDU05A-01
2 6.4.2 BBU EPC4 LOAD7 or 3V3 -48 V port on the

Power Cable connector LOAD8 port connector UPEU or UEIU
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
3 DCDU-12C EPC4 LOAD1 port OT RTN(+) and NEG

Power Cable connector on the terminal (-) terminals near
DCDU-12C in (M6) the INPUT
the device silkscreen on the
compartment DCDU-12C in the
TMC11H (Ver.D)

Cables 2 Cable List

4 PDU03D-01 Power LOAD1 port OT RTN(+)_2 and

Power Cable series 120 for connecting terminal NEG(-)_2
(obtaining power connector the ETP48400 (M6) terminals near the
from the that provides Input2 silkscreen
BTS3900AL power supply on the
AC) for the PDU03D-01 in
BTS3900AL the BTS3900AL
DC cabinet DC cabinet
OT DCDU:RTN+ OT RTN(+)_0 and

terminal and terminal NEG(-)_0
(M8) DCDU0:NEG (M6) terminals near the
- terminals on Input0 silkscreen
the BusBar in on the
the PDU03D-01 in
BTS3900AL the BTS3900AL
AC cabinet DC cabinet
PDU03D-01 Depending External OT l RTN(+)_2 and

Power Cable on the power terminal NEG(-)_2
(obtaining power external equipment (M6) terminals near
from external equipment the Input2
power silkscreen on
equipment) the
PDU03D-01
in the
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
l RTN(+)_0 and
NEG(-)_0
terminals near
the Input0
silkscreen on
the
PDU03D-01
in the
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List

5 Storage Battery OT RTN0+, OT RTN(+)_0, NEG

Power Cable (in terminal BAT0-, RTN1 terminal (-)_0, RTN(+)_1,
an IBBS700D/ (M8) +, and BAT1- (M8) and NEG(-)_1
IBBS700T) terminals on terminals near the
the BusBar in INPUT silkscreen
the on the power
BTS3900AL distribution box in
AC cabinet the IBBS700D or
IBBS700T
OT RTN1+ and OT Battery pack in

terminal BAT1- terminal the BTS3900AL
(M8) terminals on (M6) AC cabinet
the BusBar in
the
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
6 6.4.1 EMUA or EPC4 LOAD1 port Cord end PWR1 terminal

EMUB Power connector on the terminal on the EMUA or
Cable DCDU-12C in EMUB
the device
compartment
7 Power Cable for OT L2 and N2 OT L and N terminals

an AC Junction terminal terminals on terminal on the AC
Box (M4) the AC (M4) junction box
(in the junction box
BTS3900AL DC
cabinet)
Power Cable for OT L3 and N3 OT L and N terminals

an AC Junction terminal terminals on terminal on the AC
Box (M4) the AC (M4) junction box
(in an junction box
IBBS700D,
IBBS700T, or
TMC11H
(Ver.D))
8 6.3.6 Power EPC4 DC INPUT EPC4 LOAD4 port on

Cables for the connector port on the connector the DCDU-12C
Temperature power
Control System distribution
box in the
battery cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List

9 6.4.4 RRU l OT l One of the Depending Power port on the

Power Cables terminal LOAD0 to on the RRU RRU
s LOAD5 model
l Tool- ports on the
less DCDU-03
female B
connect l One of the
or LOAD0 to
(pressfit LOAD5
type) ports on the
l EPC5 or DCDU-11
EPC4 B
connect l One of the
or LOAD0 to
LOAD8
ports on the
DCDU-12
B
10 Power cables OT RTN0+, OT Wiring terminal

for the battery terminal BAT0-, RTN1 terminal labeled NEG(-) on
cabinet (M8) +, and BAT1- (M8) the junction box
(IBBS300D/ terminals on on the inner left
IBBS300T) the BusBar in wall of the
the IBBS300D or
BTS3900AL IBBS300T and
AC cabinet wiring terminal
labeled RTN(+)
on the AC
junction box on
the inner right
wall of the
IBBS300D
11 Fan power EPC4 LOAD4 OT Copper bars

cables in an connector terminal on the terminal labeled NEG- and
IBBS300D DCDU-12C in (M4) RTN+ on the
the inner left and right
BTS3900AL walls of the
AC cabinet IBBS300D

Cables 2 Cable List

12 TEC power EPC4 LOAD4 OT Copper bars

cables in the connector terminal on the terminal labeled NEG- and
IBBS300T DCDU-12C in (M4) RTN+ on the
the inner left and right
BTS3900AL walls of the
AC cabinet IBBS300T
13 Storage Battery OT Storage OT Junction box on

Power Cable terminal battery terminal the inner left wall
NEG(-) (M6) (M8) of the cabinet
14 Storage Battery OT Storage OT Junction box on

Power Cable terminal battery terminal the inner right
RTN(+) (M6) (M8) wall of the cabinet
15 HAU01A-01 OT L3 and N3 OT L and N terminals

power cable terminal terminals in terminal in the heater's
(between (M4) the AC (M4) junction box on
cabinets) junction box of the inner left wall
(optional) the of the IBBS300D
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet

Position Position
1 ETP48400 Cord end L11, N11, OT terminal L1, N1, L2,

Power Cable terminal L12, N12, (M6) N2, L3, and N3
L13, and N13 terminals on
terminals on the ETP48400
the
PDU05A-01
2 DCDU-12C OT LOAD0 OT terminal RTN(+) and

Power Cable terminal terminal on the (M6) NEG(-)
(in the (M6) ETP48400, terminals near
BTS3900AL AC which the INPUT
cabinet) provides silkscreen on
power supply the
for the DCDU-12C
DCDU-12C

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
3 DCDU-12C OT RTN(+)_2 and OT terminal RTN(+) and

Power Cable terminal NEG(-)_2 (M6) NEG(-)
(in the (M8) terminals near terminals near
BTS3900AL DC the Output or the INPUT
cabinet) Output2 silkscreen on
silkscreen on the
the DCDU-12C in
PDU03D-01 in the device
the compartment
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
OT RTN(+)_0 and OT terminal RTN(+) and

terminal NEG(-)_0 (M6) NEG(-)
(M8) terminals near terminals near
the Output0 the INPUT
silkscreen in silkscreen on
the Output area the
of the DCDU-12C in
PDU03D-01 in the device
the compartment
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
4 6.2.2 CMUF EPC4 LOAD9 port 3V3 connector PWR port on

Power Cable connector on the the CMUF
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
5 6.2.4 CCU EPC4 LOAD0 port EPC4 RTN(+) and

Power Cable connector on the connector NEG(-) ports
DCDU-12C in near the
the device INPUT
compartment silkscreen on
the CCU
6 6.3.3 EPC4 LOAD9 port 3V3 connector PWR port on

FAU03D-01 connector on the the
Power Cable DCDU-12C in FAU03D-01
the device
compartment

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
7 6.4.3 RFU EPC4 One of the 3V3 connector PWR port on

Power Cables connector LOAD0 to an RFU
LOAD8 ports
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
8 6.3.7 OT L1, N1, and PE C13 straight AC-IN port on

HAU01A-01 terminal terminals on female the
Power Cable (M4) the AC connector HAU01A-01
junction box
9 Power Cable for Cord end L21 and N21 OT terminal L and N
an AC Junction terminal terminals on (M4) terminals on
Box the the AC
(in the PDU05A-01 junction box
BTS3900AL AC
cabinet)
10 8.3.11 4-pin male FAN_IN0 and 4-pin female Signal cable

Monitoring connector FAN_IN1 connector delivered with
Signal Transfer ports on the an inner air
Cable for Fans CMUF circulation fan
in Front Doors
11 6.4.2 BBU EPC4 LOAD5 or 3V3 connector -48 V port on

Power Cable connector LOAD6 port the UPEU or
on the UEIU
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
12 Power Cable for OT Two NEG(-) OT terminals Two NEG(-)

the DC Junction terminals _1 terminals terminals and
Box in a and one RTN one RTN(+)
BTS3900AL (+)_1 terminal on the
terminals near DC junction
the Output1 box
silkscreen on
the
PDU03D-01
13 6.2.5 OT Junction boxes 3V3 connector PWR port on

CCU01D-03 terminal on the inner the
Power Cable (M4) left and right CCU01D-03
walls of the
cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
14 HAU01A-01 OT AC junction C13 connector AC_IN port on

power cable (in terminal box on the the heater
the cabinet) (M4) inner left wall
(optional) of the cabinet
Transmission Cables
Table 2-73 lists the transmission cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-74 lists the transmission
cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-73 Transmission cables and CPRI electrical cables to be installed onsite

Position Position
1 7.1 E1/T1 Cable DB26 male OUTSIDE Depending on External

connector port on the the external transmission
UELP in the equipment equipment
surge
protection
subrack for
transmission
signals
2 7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 and FE1 RJ45 Routing

Ethernet Cable connector ports near the connector device
OUTSIDE
silkscreen on
the UFLP in
the surge
protection
subrack for
transmission
signals
3 7.3 FE/GE Fiber LC l FE1 port on l FC Routing

Optic Cable connector the GTMU, connector device
WMPT, or l SC
UTRP connector
l SFP0 or l LC
SFP1 port connector
on the
LMPT

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-74 Transmission cables installed before delivery

r Position Position
1 7.2 E1/T1 Surge DB25 INSIDE port DB26 E1/T1 port on

Protection connector on the UELP in connector the GTMU,
Transfer Cable the surge WMPT, or
protection UTRP
subrack for
transmission
signals
2 7.7 FE/GE RJ45 l FE0 port on RJ45 FE0 port near

Surge connector the GTMU connector the INSIDE
Protection or WMPT silkscreen on
Transfer Cable l FE0 or FE1 the UFLP in
port on the the surge
LMPT protection
subrack for
transmission
signals
3 7.4 RJ45 FE0 port on the RJ45 FE0 port on the

Interconnection connector GTMU connector WMPT
Cable Between
FE/GE
Electrical Ports
4 7.5 LC FE1 port on the LC connector FE1 port on the

Interconnection connector GTMU WMPT
Cable Between
FE/GE Optical
Ports
Signal Cables
Table 2-75 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-76 lists the signal cables that
have been installed before delivery.

Cables 2 Cable List

r Position Position
1 8.4.13 BBU DLC M0 or M1 port DLC CI port on the

Interconnection connector on the UCIU connector UMPT
Signal Cables
2 8.2.26 BBU RJ45 EXT_ALM0 RJ45 External alarm

Alarm Cable connector or connector device
EXT_ALM1
port on the
UPEU or
UEIU
3 8.2.4 Signal RJ45 FE_L port on RJ45 FE_R port on

Cables for connector the CCU connector the CCU
connecting
Cascaded CCUs
4 8.2.14 CMUEA- RJ45 D_COM7 port RJ45 COM_IN port

CCU connector on the CCU connector on the
Monitoring CMUEA in the
Signal Cable TMC11H
(Ver.D)
5 8.2.5 CCU-BBU RJ45 U_COM1 port RJ45 MON0 port on

Monitoring connector on the CCU connector the UPEU or
Signal Cable UEIU
6 8.4.4 EMUA/ RJ45 RS-485 port on RJ45 COM_OUT

EMUB connector the EMUA or connector port on the
Monitoring COM COM-485 port HAU01A-01
Signal Cable on the EMUB
7 8.4.11 GPS SMA male GPS port on Type N female Protect port on
Clock Signal connector the USCU connector the GPS surge
Cable protector
8 8.4.12 GPS Type N Surge port on Type N male GPS antenna

Jumper male the GPS surge connector
connector protector
9 Adapter used USB USB(1) port on Network Ethernet cable

for local connector the UMPT in connector
maintenance the BBU

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE

r Position Position
1 8.1.1 PMU- RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 D_COM2 port

CCU connector on the PMU connector on the CCU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
2 8.2.15 CMUF- RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 D_COM0 port

CCU connector on the CMUF connector on the CCU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
3 8.2.11 Signal RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 COM_OUT

Cables for connector on the connector port on the
connecting HAU01A-01 HAU01A-01
Cascaded
HAU01A-01s
4 HAU01A-01 RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 D_COM3 port

Monitoring connector on the connector on the CCU
Signal Cable HAU01A-01
5 8.4.1 Bare wire Door Status Bare wire GATE port on

Monitoring Sensor the CCU
Signal Cables
for Door Status
Sensors
6 8.3.2 RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 D_COM1 port

FAU03D-01 connector on the connector on the CCU
Monitoring FAU03D-01
Signal Cable
7 8.4.2 ELU RJ45 ELU RJ45 ELU port on

Signal Cable connector connector the CCU
8 8.4.6 2-pin wire AC surge Cord end IN1 port on the

Monitoring terminal protection port terminal CCU
Signal Cable for block on the
the AC Surge PDU05A-01
Protection
Module

Cables 2 Cable List

r Position Position
9 l 9.1 4-pin l Temperatu Temperature l Temperatu

Monitoring connector re sensor in sensor re sensor in
signal cable the device the device
for the compartme compartme
temperature nt: TEM0 nt
sensor in the port on the l Temperatu
device CMUF re sensor in
compartmen l Temperatu the RF
t re sensor in compartme
l 9.2 the device nt
Monitoring compartme l Temperatu
signal cable nt: TEM0 re sensor
for the port on the on the front
temperature FAU03D-0 door
sensor in the 1
RF l Temperatu
compartmen re sensor in
t the device
l 9.3 compartme
Monitoring nt: TEM1
signal cable port on the
for the CMUF
temperature
sensor in the
front door
10 8.2.5 CCU-BBU RJ45 U_COM0 port RJ45 MON0 port on

Monitoring connector on the CCU connector the UPEU or
Signal Cable UEIU
10 8.4.1 Bare wire Door status Bare wire GATE port on

Monitoring sensor the
Signal Cables CCU01D-03
for Door Status
Sensors (in an
IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)
11 8.3.9 Temperatur Temperature 4-pin TEM port on

Monitoring e sensor sensor on the connector the
Signal Cables inner left wall CCU01D-03
for of the cabinet
Temperature
Sensors (in an
IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)

Cables 2 Cable List

r Position Position
12 8.4.2 ELU RJ45 ELU on the RJ45 ELU port on

Signal Cable (in connector inner left wall connector the
an IBBS300D/ of the cabinet CCU01D-03
IBBS300T)
13 HAU01A-01 RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 D_COM0 port

Monitoring connector on the heating connector on the
Signal Cable box CCU01D-03
(optional)

Inter-cabinet CPRI electrical cables need to be installed onsite. CPRI electrical cables in the
cabinets have been installed before delivery. The following table describes their connections.

Position Position
1 9.1 CPRI SFP20 CPRI port on SFP20 male CPRI port on

Electrical Cable male the GTMU, connector an RFU
(inter-cabinet connector UBRI, WBBP,
CPRI electrical or LBBP
cables)
2 9.1 CPRI SFP20 CPRI port on SFP20 male CPRI port on

Electrical Cable male the GTMU, connector an RFU
(CPRI electrical connector WBBP, or
cables in the LBBP
cabinet)
RF Cables
All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table describes the RF cable connections.

Cables 2 Cable List

r Position Position
1 10.1 RF DIN elbow Antenna DIN straight ANT_TX/

Jumpers male feeder male RXA or
connector connector ANT_RXB
port on an
RFU
2 10.2 Inter-RFU QMA RX OUTA QMA elbow RX INB port

RF Signal Cable elbow male port on an male on another
connector RFU connector RFU
2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900, BBU
cable list, and RRU cable list.
Lists of Cables for the Cabinets Used by the DBS3900

The following table lists the links to the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900.
Table 2-79 Links to the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900
Cabinet Used by a DBS3900 Cable List
APM30H (Ver.B) APM30H (Ver.B) cable list
TMC11H (Ver.B) TMC11H (Ver.B) cable list
IBBS200D (Ver.B) IBBS200D (Ver.B) cable list
IBBS200T (Ver.B) IBBS200T (Ver.B) cable list
APM30H (Ver.C) APM30H (Ver.C) cable list
TMC11H (Ver.C) TMC11H (Ver.C) cable list
IBBS200D (Ver.C) IBBS200D (Ver.C) cable list
IBBS200T (Ver.C) IBBS200T (Ver.C) cable list
APM30H (Ver.D) APM30H (Ver.D) cable list
TMC11H (Ver.D) TMC11H (Ver.D) cable list
IBBS200D (Ver.D) IBBS200D (Ver.D) cable list
IBBS200T (Ver.D) IBBS200T (Ver.D) cable list

Cables 2 Cable List
Cabinet Used by a DBS3900 Cable List
IBBS700D IBBS700D cable list
IBBS700T IBBS700T cable list
IBBS300T IBBS300T cable list
IBC10 IBC10 cable list
BBU Cable List

The following table lists BBU3900 cables and BBU3910 cables.
Table 2-80 BBU3900&BBU3910 cable list

Position Position
BBU PGND OT terminal Ground OT terminal External

Cable (M4, 6 mm2 or terminal on the (M8, 6 mm2 or ground bar
0.009 in.2) BBU 0.009 in.2)
6.4.2 BBU Power 3V3 connector -48V port on Depending on Depending on

Cable UPEU in BBU the power the power
equipment equipment
7.1 E1/T1 Cable DB26 male E1/T1 port on Depending on External

connector the UMPT, site transmission
GTMU, UELP, requirements equipment
WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
7.2 E1/T1 Surge DB26 male E1/T1 port on DB25 INSIDE port on
Protection connector the UMPT, connector the UELP in the
Transfer Cable GTMU, UELP, SLPU
WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 connector l FE0 port RJ45 connector External

Ethernet Cable near transmission
OUTSIDE equipment
on the UFLP
in the BBU
l FE0 port on
the UMPT,
GTMU, or
WMPT in
the BBU
l FE/GE port
on the
UTRP in the
BBU
l FE/GE port
on the
LMPT in the
BBU
7.7 FE/GE Surge RJ45 connector FE0 port on the RJ45 connector FE0 port near
Protection UMPT, INSIDE on the
Transfer Cable GTMU, or UFLP in the
WMPT in the SLPU
BBU
FE/GE port on
the UTRP in the
BBU
7.4 RJ45 connector FE0 port on the RJ45 connector FE0 port on the
Interconnection WMPT in the GTMU in the
Cable Between BBU BBU
FE/GE Electrical
Ports
7.5 LC connector FE1 port on the LC connector FE1 port on the

Interconnection WMPT in the GTMU in the
FE/GE Optical
Ports
7.3 FE/GE Fiber LC connector FE1 port on the FC, SC, or LC External
Optic Cable WMPT, connector transmission
GTMU, LMPT, equipment
or UMPT in the
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
9.2 CPRI Fiber DLC connector CPRI port on DLC connector CPRI_W port
Optic Cable the GTMU, on an RRU
WBBP, LBBP,
or UBRI in the
BBU
8.2.2 APMI-BBU RJ45 connector MON1 port on Twisted pair TX+, TX-, RX
Monitoring the UPEU or +, or RX- port
Signal Cable UEIU in the on the APMI
BBU
8.2.13 HEUA- RJ45 connector M0N1 port on RJ45 connector COM_IN port
BBU Monitoring the UPEU or on the HEUA
Signal Cable UEIU in the
BBU
CMUA-BBU RJ45 connector M0N1 port on RJ45 connector COM_IN port

Monitoring Signal the UPEU or on the CMUA
Cable UEIU in the
BBU
CMUE-BBU RJ45 connector M0N1 port on RJ45 connector COM_IN port

Monitoring Signal the UPEU or on the CMUE
Cable UEIU in the
BBU
8.2.21 CMUEA- RJ45 connector M0N1 port on RJ45 connector COM_IN port
BBU Monitoring the UPEU or on the CMUEA
Signal Cable UEIU in the
BBU
8.4.4 EMUA/ RJ45 connector M0N1 port on DB9 male RS-485 port on
EMUB the UPEU or connector the EMUA
Monitoring UEIU in the
Signal Cable BBU
8.1.9 PSU RJ45 connector EXT_ALM0 Cord end ALM terminal

(EPW25-24S48D port on the terminal on the PSU
) Monitoring UPEU or UEIU (DC/DC)
Signal Cable in the BBU
8.1.10 PSU RJ45 connector EXT_ALM0 RJ45 connector RESENT port

(EPW25-24S48D port on the on the PSU
) In-Position UPEU or UEIU (DC/DC)
Signal Cable in the BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
8.2.26 BBU RJ45 connector EXT_ALM0 RJ45 connector External alarm

Alarm Cable port on the device
UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU
8.4.11 GPS Clock SMA male GPS port on Type N female GPS surge
Signal Cable connector LMPT, USCU, connector protector
or UMPTa6 in
the BBU
8.4.13 BBU DLC connector M0 to M4 ports DLC connector CI port on the

Interconnection on the UCIU in UMPT in the
Signal Cables the BBU BBU
8.4.14 Cable DB15 male GCK port on MD36 or DB15 DCTB or

Between Two connector the UCIU in the male connector DGLUb
Combined Base BBU
Stations
8.4.15 Adapter USB(1) USB(1) port on Network Ethernet cable

Used for Local connector the UMPT in connector
Maintenance the BBU
NOTE
The following table lists BBU3910A3 cables.
Table 2-81 BBU3910A3 cable list

Position Position
PGND cable OT terminal Ground OT terminal Ground

for the (M6, 16 mm2 or terminal on the (M8, 16 mm2 or terminal on the
BBU3910A3 0.025 in.2) BBU3910A3 0.025 in.2) ground bar
Power cable for EPC4 connector NEG(-) and Depending on Depending on

the RTN(+) ports on the power the power
BBU3910A3 the equipment equipment
BBU3910A3

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Dry contact DB15 EXT_ALM port Cord end Equipment to be

alarm cable for waterproof male on the terminal monitored
the connector BBU3910A3
BBU3910A3 (waterproof on
the connector's
both sides)
RS485 alarm DB15 EXT_ALM port RJ45 connector COM_IN port

cable for the waterproof male on the on the
BBU3910A3 connector BBU3910A3 OPM50M
(waterproof on
the connector's
both sides)
CPRI fiber DLC connector CPRI port on the DLC connector CPRI_W port
optic cable BBU3910A3 on an RRU
FE/GE fiber LC connector GE1 port on the LC, FC, or SC External

optic cable BBU3910A3 connector transmission
equipment
FE/GE RJ45 connector GE0 port on the RJ45 connector External

Ethernet cable BBU3910A3 transmission
equipment
E1/T1 cable DB26 E1/T1 port on Depending on External

waterproof male the site transmission
connector BBU3910A3 requirements equipment
RRU Cable List

For the RRU cable list, see the corresponding RRU hardware description, for example, RRU3926
Hardware Description.
2.6 BTS3900C Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of
cabinets.
2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List

The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of cables, such as PGND cables,
power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed onsite,
and some cables have been installed before delivery, the cable list provides a reference for onsite
installation of cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
PGND Cable
PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable connections.
Table 2-82 PGND cable
Connecto Installation Connecto Installation Position

r Position r
OMB PGND OT Ground bar at the OT Ground bar outside the

cable terminal bottom of the terminal cabinet
OMB
RRU PGND OT Ground bar at the OT Ground terminal on the

cable terminal bottom of the terminal RRU
OMB
Power Cables
Table 2-83 and Table 2-84 list power cables for AC cabinets. Table 2-85 and Table 2-86 list
power cables for DC cabinets.
Table 2-83 Power cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet)

Position Position
EPS30-4815AF 3-pin male AC power input Cord end SPD ALM

Power Cable connector port on the terminal terminals on the
EPS30-4815AF AC surge
protection box
6.2.6 HEUA H4 DC output port 3V3 connector DC INPUT port

Power Cable connector LOAD1 on the on the HEUA
EPS30-4815AF

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-84 Power cables to be installed onsite (in an AC cabinet)

Position Position
6.4.6 SPD Power OT terminal L, N, and PE Depending on External power

Cable terminals on the the external equipment
AC surge power
protection box equipment
6.4.2 BBU Power H4 DC output port 3V3 connector -48V port on the
Cable connector LOAD1 on the UPEU
EPS30-4815AF
6.4.4 RRU Power OT terminal RRU wiring Depending on RTN(+) and

Cables terminal on the the RRU type NEG(-)
EPS30-4815AF terminals on the
RRU
Table 2-85 Power cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet)

Position Position
6.2.6 HEUA OT terminal LOAD7 3V3 connector DC INPUT port

Power Cable terminal on the on the HEUB
DCDU-03B
Table 2-86 Power cables to be installed onsite (in a DC cabinet)

Position Position
6.4.2 BBU Power OT terminal LOAD6 3V3 connector -48V port on the
Cable terminal on the UPEU
DCDU-03B
DCDU-03B OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

Power Cable NEG(-) the external equipment
terminals on the power
DCDU-03B equipment

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
6.4.4 RRU Power OT terminal LOAD0 Depending on RTN(+) and

Cables terminal on the the RRU type NEG(-)
DCDU-03B terminals on the
RRU
Transmission Cables
Table 2-87 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-88
lists the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.

Position Position
7.2 E1/T1 Surge DB25 INSIDE port on DB26 connector E1/T1 port on
Protection connector the UELP in the the GTMU,
Transfer Cable BBU WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
7.7 FE/GE Surge RJ45 l FE0 port on RJ45 connector FE0 port at the
Protection connector the GTMU INSIDE label on
Transfer Cable or WMPT in the UFLP in the
the BBU BBU
l FE0 or FE1
port on the
LMPT in the
BBU
Table 2-88 Transmission cables to be installed onsite

Position Position
7.1 E1/T1 Cable DB26 male OUTSIDE port Depending on External

connector on the UELP in the external transmission
the BBU transmission equipment
equipment

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 port at the RJ45 connector Routing device
Ethernet Cable connector OUTSIDE label
on the UFLP in
the BBU
7.3 FE/GE Fiber LC l FE1 port on l FC Routing device

Optic Cable connector the GTMU, connector
WMPT, or l SC
UTRP in the connector
BBU
l LC
l SFP0 or connector
SFP1 port on
the LMPT in
the BBU
9.2 CPRI Fiber DLC l CPRI port on DLC connector CPRI_W or

Optic Cable connector the GTMU CPRI0 port on
or UBRI in the RRU
the BBU
l CPRI port on
the WBBP in
the BBU
l CPRI port on
the LBBP in
the BBU
Signal Cables
Table 2-89 and Table 2-90 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery. Table
2-91 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-89 Signal cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet)

Position Position
8.4.1 Monitoring Bare wire Door status Bare wire GATE port on
Signal Cables for sensor the HEUA
Door Status
Sensors

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
8.3.8 Monitoring 4-pin IntFAN port on 5-pin connector Power and

Signal Cable for connector the HEUA monitoring port
the OMB Fan for the inner air
Assembly circulation fan
8.3.8 Monitoring 4-pin ExtFAN port on Round Power and

Signal Cable for connector the HEUA waterproof monitoring port
the OMB Fan connector for the outer air
8.2.1 PMU-HEUA RJ45 COM_OUT port RJ45 connector COM_IN port

Monitoring connector on the HEUA on the PMU in
Signal Cable the
EPS30-4815AF
8.4.15 Adapter USB 3.0 USB(1) port on Ethernet Network cable

Used for Local connector the UMPT in the connector
Maintenance BBU
Table 2-90 Signal cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet)

Position Position
Signal Cables for sensor the HEUA
Door Status
Sensors
8.3.8 Monitoring 4-pin IntFAN port on 5-pin connector Power and

Signal Cable for connector the HEUA monitoring port
the OMB Fan for the inner air
8.3.8 Monitoring 4-pin ExtFAN port on Round Power and

Signal Cable for connector the HEUA waterproof monitoring port
the OMB Fan connector for the outer air
8.4.15 Adapter USB 3.0 USB(1) port on Ethernet Network cable

Maintenance BBU

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE

Position Position
8.4.11 GPS Clock SMA male GPS port on the Type N female Protect port on
Signal Cable connector USCU in the connector the GPS surge
BBU protector
8.2.13 HEUA- RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON1 port on

BBU Monitoring connector on the HEUA the UPEU in the
Signal Cable BBU
8.2.26 BBU RJ45 EXT_ALM0 RJ45 connector External alarm

Alarm Cable connector port on the device
UPEU or UEIU
CPRI Cables
The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-92 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite

Position Position

or UBRI in the RRU
the BBU
l CPRI port on
the WBBP in
the BBU
l CPRI port on
the LBBP in
the BBU
RF Cables
All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-93 RF cables to be installed onsite

Position Position
10.1 RF Jumpers DIN male ANT_TX/RXA DIN male Antenna system

connector or ANT_TX/ connector
RXB port on the
RRU
8.4.9 RRU AISG Waterproofe RET port on the Standard AISG Standard AISG
Multi-Wire Cable d DB9 male RRU female male connector
connector connector on the RCU or
on the AISG
multi-wire cable
8.4.10 RRU AISG Standard Standard AISG Standard AISG Standard AISG
Extension Cable AISG male female female male connector
connector connector on the connector on the RCU
AISG extension
cable
2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List

The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of the cables, such as PGND
cables, power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed
onsite, and some cables have been installed before delivery. The cable list provides reference
for the installation of cables.
PGND Cables
PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable connections.
Connecto Installation Connecto Installation Position

r Position r
OMB PGND OT Ground bar at the OT Ground bar outside the

cable terminal bottom of the terminal cabinet
OMB
RRU PGND OT Ground terminal OT Ground bar outside the

cable terminal on the RRU terminal cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List
Power Cables
Table 2-95 and Table 2-96 list the power cables for an AC cabinet. Table 2-97 and Table
2-98 list the power cables for a DC cabinet.
Table 2-95 Power cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery

Position Position
ETP48100-A1 OT terminal L/L1 and N/L2 Cord end L/N, N/L, and
Power Cable terminals on the terminal PE ports on the
INPUT side of AC surge
the ETP48100- protection box
A1
OT terminal PDU10D-01
6.2.7 HEUB EPC4 LOAD9 port on 3V3 connector DC INPUT port

Power Cable connector the PDU10D-01 on the HEUB
PDU10D-01 OT terminal RTN0(+) and OT terminal RTN(+) and

Power Cable NEG0(-) NEG(-)
terminals near terminals near
the OUTPUT the INTPUT:
silkscreen on the -48V silkscreen
ETP48100-A1 on the
PDU10D-01
Table 2-96 Power cables in an AC cabinet to be installed onsite

Position Position
PDU10D-01 OT terminal INPUT: AC Depending on External power

Power Cable silkscreen on the the external equipment
PDU10D-01 power
equipment
6.4.2 BBU Power EPC4 LOAD6 port on 3V3 connector -48V port on the
Cable connector the PDU10D-01 UPEU
6.4.4 RRU Power EPC4 LOAD0 port on Depending on RTN(+) and

Cables connector the PDU10D-01 the RRU type NEG(-) ports on
the RRU

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-97 Power cables in a DC cabinet installed before delivery

Position Position
6.2.7 HEUB EPC4 LOAD9 port on 3V3 connector DC INPUT port

Power Cable connector the PDU10D-01 on the HEUB
Table 2-98 Power cables in a DC cabinet to be installed onsite

Position Position
PDU10D-01 OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

Power Cable NEG(-) the external equipment
terminals near power
the INTPUT: equipment
-48V silkscreen
on the
PDU10D-01
6.4.2 BBU Power EPC4 LOAD6 port on 3V3 connector -48V port on the
Cable connector the PDU10D-01 UPEU
6.4.4 RRU Power EPC4 LOAD0 port on Depending on RTN(+) and

Cables connector the PDU10D-01 the RRU type NEG(-) ports on
the RRU
Transmission Cables
Table 2-99 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery Table 2-97 lists
the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.

Position Position
7.2 E1/T1 Surge DB25 male INSIDE port on DB26 male E1/T1 port on
Protection connector the UELP in the connector the GTMU,
Transfer Cable BBU WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
7.7 FE/GE Surge RJ45 l FE0 port on RJ45 connector FE0 port near
Protection connector the GTMU the INSIDE
Transfer Cable or WMPT in silkscreen on the
the BBU UFLP in the
l FE0 or FE1 BBU
port on the
LMPT in the
BBU
7.4 RJ45 FE0 port on the RJ45 connector FE0 port on the
Interconnection connector GTMU in the WMPT in the
FE/GE Electrical
Ports
7.5 LC FE1 port on the LC connector FE1 port on the

Interconnection connector GTMU in the WMPT in the
FE/GE Optical
Ports
Table 2-100 Transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite

Position Position
7.1 E1/T1 Cable DB26 male OUTSIDE port Depending on External

connector on the UELP in the external transmission
the BBU transmission equipment
equipment
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 port near RJ45 connector Routing device
Ethernet Cable connector the OUTSIDE
silkscreen on the
UFLP in the
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
7.3 FE/GE Fiber LC l FE1 port on l FC Routing device

Optic Cable connector the GTMU, connector
WMPT, or l SC
UTRP in the connector
BBU
l LC
l SFP0 or connector
SFP1 port on
the LMPT in
the BBU
Signal Cables
Table 2-101 and Table 2-102 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-103 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-101 Signal cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery

Position Position
Signal Cables for sensor the HEUB
Door Status
Sensors
Monitoring signal 4-pin IntFAN port on 4-pin connector Power and

cable for the inner connector the HEUB monitoring port
air circulation fan for the inner air
circulation fan
Monitoring signal 4-pin ExtFAN port on 4-pin connector Power and

cable for the outer connector the HEUB monitoring port
air circulation fan for the outer air
circulation fan
8.1.5 PMU 11A- RJ45 COM_OUT port RJ45 connector COM_IN port
HEUB connector on the HEUB on the PMU 11A
Monitoring on the
Signal Cable ETP48100-A1
8.4.2 ELU Signal RJ45 RJ45 port on the RJ45 connector ELU port on the
Cable connector ELU HEUB

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
8.4.15 Adapter USB3.0 USB(1) port on Network Ethernet cable

Maintenance BBU
Table 2-102 Signal cables installed in a DC cabinet before delivery

Position Position
Signal Cables for sensor the HEUB
Door Status
Sensors
Monitoring signal 4-pin IntFAN port on 4-pin connector Power and

cable for the inner connector the HEUB monitoring port
air circulation fan for the inner air
circulation fan
Monitoring signal 4-pin ExtFAN port on 4-pin connector Power and

cable for the outer connector the HEUB monitoring port
air circulation fan for the outer air
circulation fan
8.4.2 ELU Signal RJ45 RJ45 port on the RJ45 connector ELU port on the
Cable connector ELU HEUB
8.4.15 Adapter USB3.0 USB(1) port on Network Ethernet cable

Maintenance BBU
NOTE

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
8.4.11 GPS Clock SMA male GPS port on the Type N female Protect port on
Signal Cable connector USCU in the connector the GPS surge
BBU protector
8.2.12 HEUB- RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON1 port on

BBU Monitoring connector on the HEUB the UPEU in the
Signal Cable BBU
8.2.26 BBU RJ45 EXT_ALM0 RJ45 connector External alarm

Alarm Cable connector port on the device
UPEU or UEIU
CPRI Cables
The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-104 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite

Position Position

or UBRI in the RRU
the BBU
l CPRI port on
the WBBP in
the BBU
l CPRI port on
the LBBP in
the BBU
RF Cables
All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-105 RF cables to be installed onsite

Position Position
10.1 RF Jumpers DIN male ANT_TX/RXA DIN male Antenna system

connector or ANT_TX/ connector
RXB port on the
RRU
8.4.10 RRU AISG Waterproofe RET port on the Standard AISG Standard AISG
Extension Cable d DB9 male RRU female male connector
connector connector on the RCU or
on the AISG
multi-wire cable
8.4.9 RRU AISG Standard Standard AISG Standard AISG Standard AISG
Multi-Wire Cable AISG male female female male connector
connector connector on the connector on the RCU
AISG extension
cable

Cables 3 Cable Connections
3 Cable Connections
About This Chapter
This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable
connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU
interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections.
3.1 Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A,
BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.
3.2 Transmission Cable Connections

Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards and
transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes transmission cable
connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and triple-mode base stations.
3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L,
BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.
3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are configured.
3.5 CPRI Cable Connections

CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and
quadruple-mode base station.
3.6 RF Cable Connections

Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF
cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode,
dual-mode, and multimode base stations.

3.1 Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A,
BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.
3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is configured with
different types of cabinets.
BTS3900 (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 cabinet supplied with 110 V
AC or 220 V AC, -48 V DC, and +24 V DC power.
Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios

The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 110 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC three-
phase, and 220 V AC single-phase power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V AC
three-phase power as an example.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V/220
V).
Figure 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet.

Table 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
No. Description
P1 to P6 For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.
P7 For details, see FAN Power Cables.
P8 For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.
P11 and P12 For details, see DCDU-01 Power Cable.
P13 For details, see EPS4890 Power Cable.
Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).
Figure 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).
Table 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
No. Description

No. Description
Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V).
Figure 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)
The following table describes the power cables in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V).
Table 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)
No. Description
P25 to P28 For details, see EPS24S48100DC Power Cable.
Power Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890

NOTE
The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup
power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and
transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet
is stacked on a PS4890.

Figure 3-4 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a
PS4890
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet
and a PS4890 are installed side by side.
Figure 3-5 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are
installed side by side

The following table describes the power cables between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890.
Table 3-4 Power cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890
No. Description
BTS3900 (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900 power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and -48
V DC input scenarios.

The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 220 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC single-
phase, and 110 V dual-live-wire power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V AC three-
phase power as an example.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110 V/220
V).
Figure 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet.

Table 3-5 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
No. Description
P7 For details, see FAN 03B Power Cable.
P8 and P9 For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.
P10 and P11 For details, see DCDU-11A Power Cable.
P12 and P13 For details, see ETP48150-A3 Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).
Figure 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).

Table 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
No. Description
BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900 power cable connections in 220 V AC, and -48 V DC input
scenarios.
Power Cable Connections in 220 V AC Scenarios

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1
BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Figure 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC

The following table describes the power cable connections in an AC BTS3900 configured with
1 BTS3900 AC.
Table 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC
No. Description
P1 For details, see EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.
P8 For details, see FAN 03C Power Cable.
P11 For details, see DCDU-12A Power Cable.
P12 For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.
P13 to P21 For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.
BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Figure 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06
(for power backup)
1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup).
Table 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06
(for backup power)
No. Description

No. Description
P22 to P24 For details, see Storage Battery Power Cable.
BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Figure 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06
(for transmission)

1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission).
Table 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06
(for transmission)
No. Description

BTS3900 DC and supplied with -48 V DC power.
Figure 3-11 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC

The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1
BTS3900 DC and supplied with -48 V DC power.
Table 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 DC
No. Description
P12 and P13 For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.
3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is configured with
BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
BTS3900L (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L.
The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure shows
the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.

Figure 3-12 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L
No. Description
P1 to P4 For details, see DCDU-01 Power Cable.
P13 and P14 For details, see 6.4.8 GATM Power Cable.
BTS3900L (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L.
The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure shows
the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.

Figure 3-13 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L
No. Description
P0 to P5, P10 to P15 For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.
P6 to P16 For details, see FAN 03B Power Cable.
P9 For details, see 6.4.8 GATM Power Cable.
P17 to P20 For details, see DCDU-11A Power Cable.

BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections of a BTS3900L cabinet.
Power Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario, using the
BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example.
Figure 3-14 Power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario

Table 3-13 Power cable connections

No. Description
P6 and P16 For details, see FAN 03C Power Cable.
P9 For details, see EPU05A-02 Power Cable.
Power Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario, using the
BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example.
Figure 3-15 Power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario

Table 3-14 Power cable connections
No. Description
P6 and P16 For details, see FAN 03C Power Cable.
NOTE
When the BTS3900L cabinet is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the BBU is installed below the lower
DCDU-12A, the DCDU-12B is installed below the BBU, and the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the
DCDU-12B supply power to the nine RRUs.
3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is configured with
enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), and
BTS3900A (Ver.D).
BTS3900A (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and
-48 V DC input scenarios.
Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A
configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.

Figure 3-16 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1
RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
Table 3-15 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1
RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
No. Description
P0 For details, see EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power

Cable.
P2 For details, see DCDU-01 Power Cable.
P9 For details, see FAN 02A Power Cable.
P10 For details, see FAN 01A Power Cables.
P11 For details, see Power Cables for a Power

Distribution Box.

No. Description
P15 to P17 For details, see Storage Battery Power

Cable.
P12 and P14 For details, see 6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in
an IBBS200D.
P13 For details, see DCDU-03C Power Cable.
configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.
RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds

RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description

Cable.
P11, P13 For details, see Power Cables for a Power

Distribution Box.

Cable.
an IBBS200D.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A
configured with two BBUs and 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.

Figure 3-18 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2
APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds
Table 3-17 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2
APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description

Cable.
P11, P13 For details, see Power Cables for a Power

Distribution Box.

Cable.

No. Description
an IBBS200D.
Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario

configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
NOTE
When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC are
the same as those in the first RFC.
RFC+1 TMC11H
RFC+1 TMC11H
No. Description

No. Description
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A
configured with two BBUs 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs.
Figure 3-20 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2
TMC11Hs

Table 3-19 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2
TMC11Hs
No. Description
BTS3900A (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections


The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 1
RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario.

Figure 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
Table 3-20 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
No. Description
P0 For details, see EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04

Power Cable.

No. Description
P11 See Power Cables for a Power Distribution

Box.

Cable.
an IBBS200D.
P20 For details, see Power Cable for an AC

Junction Box.
RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.
Figure 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs
+2 IBBS200Ds

Table 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2
IBBS200Ds
No. Description

Power Cable.
P11, P13 See Power Cables for a Power Distribution

Box.
an IBBS200D.

Cable.
P18 It is a power cable between the cascaded fans

in a battery cabinet.

Junction Box.

RFC+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
NOTE
When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC are
the same as those in the first RFC.

Figure 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H
Table 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H
No. Description
P11 For details, see Power Cable for the DC

Junction Box in an RFC.

BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections


NOTE
If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing
power cable connections.
RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario.
Figure 3-24 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

Table 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
No. Description
P0 See EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power

Cable.
P1 See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.
P2 See Power Cable for the DC Junction Box

in an RFC.
P3 to P8 See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.
P9 See FAN 02D Power Cable.
P10 See FAN 01C Power Cable.

Box.
P15 to P17 See Storage Battery Power Cable.
P12 See 6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an

IBBS200D.
P13 See DCDU-12C Power Cable.
P14 See Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.
P18 See DCDU-12A Power Cable.
RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H.
NOTE
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations
when BBU 1 is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable connections
are the same.

IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
No. Description

Cable.

in an RFC.

No. Description

Box.

IBBS200D.

IBBS200D.
P20 See Storage Battery Power Cable.
NOTE
are the same.

IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H
IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H
No. Description

Cable.

in an RFC.
P11, P15 See Storage Battery Power Cable.

No. Description

IBBS300D.
P16, P17 See Power Cable Between Cascaded DC

Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/
IBBS300Ts.
RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H.
NOTE
are the same.
Figure 3-27 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1
IBBS700D+1 TMC11H

Table 3-26 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D
+1 TMC11H
No. Description

Cable
P1 See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

in an RFC
P3 to P8 See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables
P9 See FAN 02D Power Cable
P10 See FAN 01C Power Cable

Box.
P15 to P17 See Storage Battery Power Cable
P12 Power cable for the fan in the IBBS700D
P13 See DCDU-12C Power Cable
P14 See Power Cable for an AC Junction Box
P18 See 6.3.6 Power Cables for the

Temperature Control System
P19 See DCDU-12A Power Cable
P20 See CMUEA Power Cable
P21 See 6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable
RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs.
NOTE
are the same.

Figure 3-28 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2
IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs
Table 3-27 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds
+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs
No. Description

Cable.

in an RFC.

Box.

IBBS200D.

No. Description
P19 See Storage Battery Power Cable.

IBBS200D.
P21 to P29 See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.
P30 See DCDU-12B Power Cable.

RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-29 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

Table 3-28 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H
No. Description

in an RFC.
RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-30 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9
RRUs

Table 3-29 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs
No. Description

in an RFC.
P12 to P20 See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.
P21 See DCDU-12B Power Cable.
BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections

Power cable connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario

NOTE
l This section describes the power cable connections in a scenario where BBU 1 is installed in an
APM30H. The cable connections to BBU 1 in a TMC11H are the same as those in this scenario.
l If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing
l The power cable connections of an IBBS200D are the same as those of an IBBS200T. This section
uses an IBBS200D as an example.
l The power cable connections of an IBBS300D are the same as those of an IBBS300T. This section
uses an IBBS300D as an example.
2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario.

IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
No. Description

Power Cable.

P9 For details, see FAN 02E Power Cable.
P10 For details, see FAN 01D Power Cable.

No. Description

Distribution Box.

Cable.
P12 For details, see 6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in

an IBBS200D.

Junction Box.
2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H

IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
No. Description

Power Cable.


Distribution Box.

Cable.

an IBBS200D.

Junction Box.
P19 For details, see Power Cable Between

Cascaded Power Distribution Boxes.
2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H

IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H
IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H
No. Description

Power Cable.


No. Description
P11 and P15 For details, see Storage Battery Power

Cable.

an IBBS300D.

Junction Box.
P16 and P17 For details, see Power Cable Between

Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.
1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs
RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs.
Figure 3-34 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2

Table 3-33 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2
No. Description

Power Cable.


Distribution Box.

Cable.

an IBBS200D.

Junction Box.
P19 For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables.
P20 For details, see 6.4.9 ODM06D Power

Cable.

2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs
RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs.

No. Description

Power Cable.


Distribution Box.

Cable.

an IBBS200D.

No. Description

Junction Box.


2 RFCs+1 TMC11H
RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-36 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

Table 3-35 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H
No. Description

RFC+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-37 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+15
RRUs

Table 3-36 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+15
RRUs
No. Description

RFCs+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.

Figure 3-38 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 12 RFCs+1 TMC11H
+9 RRUs
Table 3-37 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H+9
RRUs
No. Description


No. Description
BTS3900A (Ver.D_A2) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC,
220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H

+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-39 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H
+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs
The following table describes the power cable connections.

Table 3-38 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H
+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs
No. Description
P0 Input power cable for the transfer terminal
P1 Input power cable for the APM30H
P2 and P9 CMUEA power cables
P3 and P16 to P18 Power cables for the battery cabinet
P4 Input power cable for the RFC
P5 BBU power cable
P6 EMUA power cable
P7 Input power cable for the TMC11H
P8 Power cable between cascaded

DCDU-13As
P10 to P15 RFU power cables

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1
TMC11H+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-40 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

Table 3-39 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
No. Description
P1 and P5 CMUEA power cables
P2 BBU power cable
P3 EMUA power cable
BTS3900A (Ver.D_A1) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC,
220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC
+2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Figure 3-41 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs
Table 3-40 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs
No. Description
P1 Input power cables for the APM30
P2 and P9 CMUEA power cable
P5 BBU power cable
P6 EMUA power cable
P7 Input power cable for the TMC
P8 Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1 TMC
+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-42 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs
Table 3-41 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs
No. Description
P1 and P5 CMUEA power cable
P2 BBU power cable
P3 EMUA power cable
3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet.

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL supplied with -48 V DC
power and 110 V AC or 220 V AC power.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with one
BTS3900AL DC cabinet and supplied with -48 V DC power.
Figure 3-43 Power cable connections (1)
Table 3-42 Power cable connections (1)
No. Description
P0 For details, see 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable.
P1 to P4 For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.
P5 For details, see 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable.

No. Description
P6 and P7 For details, see 6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power

Cable.
P8 and P9 For details, see DCDU-12C Power Cable.

Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.
P11, P12, and P13(1) For details, see PDU03D-01 Power Cable.
P23 For details, see 6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power

Cable.
NOTE
(1) If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, two input power cables are used in the
BTS3900AL DC cabinet. If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, three input power cables
are used in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL site configured with
1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) and supplied with 110 V AC or
220 V AC power.

Table 3-43 Power cables (2)
No. Description
P0 For details, see PDU05A-01 Power Cable.
P7, P16, and P17 For details, see DCDU-12C Power Cable.
P8 For details, see ETP48400 Power Cable.
P9 and P11 For details, see PDU03D-01 Power Cable.
P12 and P15 For details, see Power Cable for an AC

Junction Box.

Cable.

Cable.

Cable.

1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+1 IBBS700D and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC
power. When an IBBS700T instead of an IBBS700D is used, the power cable connections are
the same.

No. Description
P12, P13, and P16 For details, see Power Cable for an AC
Junction Box.

Cable.

Cable.

No. Description
P27 to P30 For details, see Power Cables for a Power

Distribution Box.

Cable.
P34 For details, see 6.3.6 Power Cables for the

Temperature Control System.

1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+2 IBBS300Ds and supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V
AC power. When an IBBS300T instead of an IBBS300D is used, the power cable connections
are the same.
No. Description

No. Description
P12, P13, and P16 For details, see Power Cable for an AC
Junction Box.

Cable.

Cable.
P27 to P30 For details, see Power cables for the battery
cabinet.
P31 and P32 For details, see Storage Battery Power

Cable.

Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.

an IBBS300D.

3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using a BBU3900

or BBU3910)
This section describes power cable connections in the DBS3900 configured with different types
of cabinets in which a BBU3900 or BBU3910 is used.
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H

(Ver.C)
This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.B)
or APM30H (Ver.C).


When 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or
dual-mode base station, the EPS in the APM30H (Ver.B) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power
into -48 V DC power and distribute the power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.B). The
following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-47 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D
Table 3-46 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D
No. Description
P1 and P10 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box
P2 and P11 FAN 02A power cables
P3 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable
P4 Storage Battery Power Cable
P5 6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D
P6 EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable

No. Description
P7 RRU power cable
P8 DCDU-03C power cable
P9 6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film
When 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or

dual-mode base station, the EPU in the APM30H (Ver.C) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC
power into -48 V DC power and distribute power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.C).
The following figure shows the power cable connections.
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D
Table 3-47 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D
No. Description
P1 FAN 02B power cable
P2 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

No. Description
P3 and P4 6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film
P5 EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable
P6 RRU power cable
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T.
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T

Table 3-48 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
(Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T
No. Description
P5 6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T
P7 RRU power cable
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T.
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T

(Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T
No. Description
P3 6.3.4 Power Cable for an AC Heater
P5 RRU power cable
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds.
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds

(Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description
P5 and P13 6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D
P8 RRU power cable
P4 and P14 Storage Battery Power Cable
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds.

APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds
(Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description
P6 RRU power cable

APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts.
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts
(Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts
No. Description
P5 and P12 6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T
P8 RRU power cable

APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts.
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts
(Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts
No. Description
P5 RRU power cable

A triple- or quadruple-mode DBS3900 requires two BBUs: BBU 0 and BBU 1. The power cable
connections in the cabinet housing BBU 0 are the same as those in the cabinet housing BBU 1.
Figure 3-55 and Figure 3-56 show the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode
base station, using the scenario of configuring BBUs in the APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example.
Figure 3-55 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds
Table 3-54 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
No. Description

No. Description
P7 RRU power cable
Figure 3-56 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds
P2 P2
P12
P11
P1 P1
P9 P9 P7 P9 P7
P10
P10
P3 P3
BBU0 BBU1
P6 P6
P4 P4
P5 P5
P13 P13
P14 P14
P8 P8
Table 3-55 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
No. Description
P2, P6, and P12 FAN 02A power cables
P8 RRU power cable

No. Description
Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios

If a single- or dual-mode base station uses an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V), the EPS24S48100DC
in the APM30H converts the +24 V DC power into -48 V DC power, which is supplied to the
DCDU-03B. The DCDU-03B distributes the power to the BBU, RRUs, and other components.
The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-57 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an
APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V)
Table 3-56 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an APM30H
(Ver.B, +24 V)
No. Description
P1 EPS24S48100DC power cable
P2 DCDU-03B Power Cable
P4 RRU power cable
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H

(Ver.C)
This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.B)
or TMC11H (Ver.C).

Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios

When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B), each
TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-03B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or
transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-58 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with
two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
Table 3-57 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
No. Description
P1 DCDU-03B power cable
P2 FAN 02A power cable
P4 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables
When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C), each
TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-11B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or
transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)

Table 3-58 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.C)
No. Description
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.D).

NOTE
l When a base station is configured with 7 to 12 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the BBU
to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs.
l When a base station is configured with 13 to 15 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the BBU
to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs, and an ODM must be configured to obtain power
from the DCDU-12B and provide the power to the remaining RRUs.
This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 15 RRUs as an example.
When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1

TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU,
which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power
for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200D (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured
below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable
connections.

Figure 3-60 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Table 3-59 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
No. Description
P2 and P8 FAN 02D Power Cable
P6 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable
P9 DCDU-12C Power Cable
P13 6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable


TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU,
for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200T (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured
connections.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
No. Description

No. Description

TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU,
for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is configured
connections.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
No. Description

No. Description

TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds, the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which
converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for
the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS300Ds. A DCDU-12B is configured below the
BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds
No. Description
P4 Power Cables for a Power Distribution

Box
P13 Power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds

or IBBS300Ts
P14 Cascading power cable for the fans
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station
with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T.
NOTE
This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS700D. The power cable connections in the
IBBS700T are the same as those in the IBBS700D.

configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D
No. Description
P1, P10, and P11 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

Box
P5 6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature

Control System

No. Description
with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
No. Description

No. Description
with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds.
NOTE
This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS300D. The power cable connections in the
IBBS300T are the same as those in the IBBS300D, except for the connection of cable P10.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds

No. Description

Box
P10 6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable (optional in

the IBBS300D)
P13 Power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds

or IBBS300Ts
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple-mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D
(Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are the
same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), as
shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Figure 3-67 Power cable connections in a triple-mode base station with the configuration of 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Table 3-66 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200D (Ver.D)
No. Description

No. Description
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T
same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), as
Figure 3-68 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200T (Ver.D)
No. Description

No. Description
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds
same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), as
Figure 3-69 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
No. Description
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts
same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), as

configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
No. Description

station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300T
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
No. Description

No. Description
P13 and P14 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC

Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/
IBBS300Ts
In a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T, the power cable connections are the same as those
in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration, as shown in Figure
3-64. The power cable connections for the second BBU in this base station are the same as those
for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a different cabinet configuration. In a
triple- or quadruple-mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts, the power cable connections are the same as those in a
single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration, as shown in Figure
3-66. The power cable connections for the second BBU in this base station are the same as those
for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a different cabinet configuration.
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.E).
NOTE
l This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 21 RRUs as an example.
l When a base station is configured with 1 to 6 RRUs, the EPU supplies power to all RRUs.
l When a base station is configured with 7 to 15 RRUs, three PDU03D-02 modules need to be
installed in the EPU to supply power to the seventh to fifteenth RRUs.
l When a base station is configured with 16 to 21 RRUs, one PDU01D-01 needs to be installed in
the EPU to provide power for an ODM, and the ODM then provides the power to the sixteenth to
twenty-first RRUs.
l If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing
l The power cable connections of the IBBS200D are the same as those of the IBBS200T. This section
uses the IBBS200D as an example.
l The power cable connections of the IBBS300D are the same as those of the IBBS300T. This section
uses the IBBS300D as an example.
1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station with the configuration
of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds.

Figure 3-72 Power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds
Table 3-71 Power cables in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2
IBBS200Ds
No. Description
P2 FAN 02E Power Cable
P3 BBU Power Cable
P4 Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box

No. Description
P5 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D
P6 RRU Power Cables
P8 Power Cable for a Heating Film
P9 ODM Power Cable
P10 Power Cable Between Cascaded Power

Distribution Boxes

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station with the configuration
of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds.

Figure 3-73 Power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds
Table 3-72 Power cables in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2
IBBS300Ds
No. Description
P3 BBU Power Cable
P4 Power Cable for a Power Distribution Box

No. Description
P5 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D
P6 RRU Power Cables
P8 Power Cable for a Heating Film
P9 ODM Power Cable
P10 and P11 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC

Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC, 220
V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TM11H+1

IBBS200T are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Figure 3-74 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H
+1 IBBS200T
Table 3-73 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H
+1 IBBS200T
No. Description
P1 Input power cable for the APM30H
P2 CMUEA power cable
P4 Input power cable for the transfer terminal
P5 BBU power cable
P6 EMUA power cable


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2
TMC11Hs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-75 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs
Table 3-74 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs
No. Description
P2 BBU power cable
P3 EMUA power cable
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC, 220
V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC
are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Figure 3-76 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC
Table 3-75 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC
No. Description
P1 Input power cables for the APM30
P5 BBU power cable
P6 EMUA power cable

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2 TMCs
in a -48 V DC input scenario.

Figure 3-77 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs
Table 3-76 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs
No. Description
P2 BBU power cable
P3 EMUA power cable
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.D).
Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios

When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D), the
TMC11H is configured with two DCDU-12Bs, which distribute power to the BBU and RRUs
or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
one TMC11H (Ver.D)

Table 3-77 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H
(Ver.D)
No. Description
P3 FAN 02D Power Cable
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- quadruple- mode base station
configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D).
NOTE
When a base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space
below BBU 0, the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station configured with
one TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.
Figure 3-79 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station configured
with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)
Table 3-78 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station configured with one or
two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)
No. Description
P3 FAN 02D Power Cable

No. Description
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.E).
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with one
or two TMC11Hs.

Figure 3-80 Power cable connections in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs

Table 3-79 Power cables in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs
No. Description
P2 BBU Power Cable
P4 RRU Power Cables
P6 ODM Power Cable
Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C),
or IMB03.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB.
Figure 3-81 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB

Table 3-80 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
No. Description
P1 Power cable for the inner air circulation

fan
P2 HEUA power cable
P4 DCDU-05 power cable
P5 Power cable for the outer air circulation

fan
P6 EPS30-4815AF power cable
P7 6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge

Protection Box
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
(Ver.C) for which no backup power is provided.
Figure 3-82 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup
power)

Table 3-81 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)
No. Description
P1 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable
P3 and P6 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable
P4 PDU10D-01 Power Cable
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
(Ver.C) for which backup power is required, one OMB (Ver.C), and two IBBS20Ds.
Figure 3-83 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (with backup
power)
Table 3-82 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (with backup power)
No. Description

No. Description
P3 and P6 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable
P7 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D

Cabinets

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB.
Figure 3-84 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
Table 3-83 Power cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
No. Description
P1 Power cable for the inner air circulation

fan
P2 HEUA power cable
P3 Power cable for the outer air circulation

fan

No. Description
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
(Ver.C).
Figure 3-85 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)
Table 3-84 Power cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)
No. Description

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TP48600A.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1
TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and with two BBUs installed in the
TP48600A in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios. This section describes the power cable
connections when the base station uses an IBBS700D. The power cable connections are the same
when the base station uses an IBBS700T.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.
Figure 3-86 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1
IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Table 3-85 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1
IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description
P1 PDU05A-03 power cable
P2 to P5 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable
P7 Power cable for the power distribution box

No. Description
P10 to P21 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables
The following figure shows the power cable connections in the following scenario: A DBS3900
is in the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C), and two BBUs are
installed in the TP48600A that uses the 110 V AC or 220 V AC power supply. This section
describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with the IBBS300D. When the
IBBS300T is configured, the power cable for the AC junction box is not required. Connections
of other power cables are the same as those when the IBBS300D is configured.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.
Figure 3-87 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2
IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Table 3-86 Power cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds
+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description
P1 PDU05A-03 power cable
P2 to P5 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

No. Description
P8 Power cables for the battery cabinet

(optional in the IBBS300D)
P10 to P21 6.4.4 RRU Power Cables
Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

This section describes the power cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied
with -48 V DC power.
3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a

BBU3910A
This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with a BBU3910A.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station that is supplied with
AC power and configured with 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds.

Figure 3-88 Power cable connections in an AC scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6

RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds are configured
Table 3-87 Power cables in a scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4

IBBS20Ds are configured
No. Description

Box
P3 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D

Cabinets
AC power and configured with 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls.

Figure 3-89 Power cable connections in an AC scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6

RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls are configured
Table 3-88 Power cables in a scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls
are configured
No. Description
P1 IBBS20L Power Cable
P3 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls
Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios

DC power and configured with 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs.

Figure 3-90 Power cable connections in a DC scenario where 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs are
configured
Table 3-89 Power cables in a scenario where 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs are configured
No. Description
3.1.7 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is configured with
different types of cabinets.
BTS3900C WCDMA Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet and BTS3900C
DC cabinet.
l BTS3900C AC cabinet
Figure 3-91 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet.

Figure 3-91 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet
Table 3-90 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet.
Table 3-90 Power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet
SN Cable
P1 Power cable for the inner air circulation fan
P2 Power cable for the HEUA
P3 BBU power cable
P4 DCDU-05 power cable
P5 Power cable for the outer air circulation fan
P6 RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)
P7 AC input power cable for the 4815 power system
P8 Power Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box
l BTS3900C DC cabinet
Figure 3-92 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Figure 3-92 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet
Table 3-91 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet.
Table 3-91 Power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet
SN Cable
P1 Power cable for the inner air circulation fan
P2 Power cable for the HEUA
P3 Power cable for the outer air circulation fan
P4 BBU power cable
P5 RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)
P6 DC input power cable for the cabinet
BTS3900C (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet and a BTS3900C
DC cabinet.
Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet.

Figure 3-93 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet
Table 3-92 Power cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet
No. Description
P1 For details, see 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.
P3 For details, see ETP48100-A1 Power Cable.
P4, P6 For details, see PDU10D-01 Power Cable.
Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C DC Cabinet

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Figure 3-94 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet
Table 3-93 Power cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet
No. Description
P1 For details, see 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.
P4 For details, see PDU10D-01 Power Cable.
3.2 Transmission Cable Connections

Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards and
transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes transmission cable
connections in single-mode, dual-mode, and triple-mode base stations.

3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base

Station
In a GSM, UMTS, or LTE base station, E1/T1 cables, FE/GE Ethernet cables, and FE/GE fiber
optic cables can be used to transmit data. This section describes the transmission configuration
principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.
Transmission Configuration Principles

The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a single-mode base
station.
Table 3-94 Transmission configuration principles
Principle BBU Transmission Configuration Applicable Base Station

Classific Principle
ation
Principles BBU3 l In a GSM base station, if only the 3900 series base stations
classified 900 GTMU/GTMUb/UMPT has no
by available transmission port, the
transmissi UTRP is configured to provide
on modes extension transmission ports.
l In a UMTS base station, if the
UTRP is configured,
transmission cables must be
connected to the UTRP.
l In an LTE base station, FE/GE
fiber optic cables are
preferentially used for data
transmission.


Classific Principle
ation
BBU3 l In GO mode
910 In a GBTS using E1/T1
transmission, the GTMUb
provides ports for FE
transmission cables.
In an eGBTS using E1/T1
transmission, the UMPT
provides ports for
l In a UMTS base station,
transmission cables are
connected to the UMPTb by
default. If more transmission
ports are required, a UTRPc or
UTRPa is required. In this case,
transmission cables are
preferentially connected to the
UTRPc or UTRPa.
l In an LTE base station, the
UMPTb needs to be configured
to provide transmission ports.
Principles - l E1/T1 cables must be connected l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

classified to a UELP that processes signals l BTS3900C or DBS3900
by base for surge protectiona. using the OMB
station
l FE/GE Ethernet cables must be l Outdoor DBS3900
types
connected to a UFLP that
l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
processes signals for surge
protection.
- E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet l BTS3900 or BTS3900L

cables do not need to be connected l Indoor DBS3900
to the UELP or UFLP.
- FE/GE fiber optic cables do not l BTS3900 or BTS3900L

need to be connected to the UELP l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL
or UFLP.
l BTS3900C or DBS3900
using the OMB
l DBS3900
l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)


Classific Principle
ation
a: Boards are configured for surge protection in different cabinets as follows:

l When an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) is used for a
BTS3900A or DBS3900, an SLPU equipped with a UELP or UFLP is configured in the
APM30H.
l When an APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A) is used for a DBS3900, the UELP or UFLP is
installed in the BBU in the APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A).
l BTS3900AL cabinets have slots for the UELP or UFLP, which provides the surge
protection function.
l When an OMB is used for a BTS3900C or DBS3900, the UELP or UFLP is installed in
the BBU in the OMB.
Description
Table 3-95 and Table 3-96 describe the transmission cable connections in a single-mode base
station configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different transmission modes.
Table 3-95 Transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with the
BBU3900
Trans Work Cable Connection Illustration of Cable

missi ing Connectionsa
on Mode
Mode of a
Base
Statio
n
Trans GSM The GTMU/GTMUbprovides E1/T1 Illustrations 1 in Figure

missio ports for transmission cables. 3-95, Figure 3-96, Figure
n over 3-97, and Figure 3-98 show
E1/T1 the transmission cable
cables connections in scenario 1.
UMTS Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with Illustrations 2 in Figure

a UTRP, and the UTRP provides E1/T1 3-95, Figure 3-96, Figure
ports for transmission cables. 3-97, and Figure 3-98 show
Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured the transmission cable
with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT connections in scenario 1.
provides E1/T1 ports for transmission
cables.


on Mode
Mode of a
Base
Statio
n
LTE The BBU is configured with a UMPT, Illustrations 3 in Figure

and the UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for 3-95, Figure 3-96, Figure
transmission cables. 3-97, and Figure 3-98 show
the transmission cable
connections in this scenario.
Trans GSM Scenario 1: If the BBU is not configured Illustrations 4 in Figure

missio with a UTRP, the GTMU provides FE/ 3-95, Figure 3-96, Figure
n over GE optical ports for transmission cables. 3-97, and Figure 3-98 show
FE/GE Scenario 2: If the BBU is not configured the transmission cable
cables with a UTRP, the GTMU provides FE/ connections in scenario 1.
GE electrical ports for transmission
cables.
UMTS Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with Illustrations 5 in Figure

a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/ 3-95, Figure 3-96, Figure
GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports 3-97, and Figure 3-98 show
for transmission cables. the transmission cable
Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with connections in scenario 1.
a UTRP2, and the UTRP2 provides FE/
GE optical ports for transmission cables.
Scenario 3: The BBU is configured with
a UTRP9, and the UTRP9 provides FE/
GE electrical ports for transmission
cables.
Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured
with a UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT
provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE
electrical ports for transmission cables.
LTE Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with Illustrations 6 in Figure

a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/ 3-95, Figure 3-96, Figure
GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports 3-97, and Figure 3-98 show
for transmission cables. the transmission cable
Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured connections in scenario 1.
with a UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT
provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE
electrical ports for transmission cables.
a: Figure 3-95, Figure 3-96, Figure 3-97, and Figure 3-98 show the transmission cable
connections in different types of base stations.

Table 3-96 Transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with the
BBU3910

on Mode
Mode of a
Base
Statio
n
Trans GSM The UMPTb or GTMUb provides E1/T1 Illustrations 1 in Figure

missio ports for transmission cables. 3-99, Figure 3-100, Figure
n over 3-101, and Figure 3-102
E1/T1 show cable connections in
cables this scenario.
UMTS Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured Illustrations 2 in Figure

with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides 3-99, Figure 3-100, Figure
E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. 3-101, and Figure 3-102
Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with show cable connections in
a UTRPa, and the UTRPa provides E1/T1 scenario 1.
ports for transmission cables.
Trans GSM The UMPTb or GTMUb provides FE/GE Illustrations 3 in Figure

missio optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for 3-99, Figure 3-100, Figure
n over transmission cables. 3-101, and Figure 3-102
FE/GE show cable connections in
cables this scenario.
UMTS Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured Illustrations 4 in Figure

with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides 3-99, Figure 3-100, Figure
FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical 3-101, and Figure 3-102
ports for transmission cables. show cable connections in
Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with scenario 1.
a UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/
GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports
for transmission cables.
LTE The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, Illustrations 5 in Figure

and the UMPTb provides FE/GE optical 3-99, Figure 3-100, Figure
ports or FE/GE electrical ports for 3-101, and Figure 3-102
transmission cables. show cable connections in
this scenario.
a:
l Figure 3-99, Figure 3-100, Figure 3-101, and Figure 3-102 show the transmission cable
l In these figures, GSM scenarios use UMPTb boards as examples.

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured with

the BBU3900
Figure 3-95 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30H

(Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors, or a BTS3900A
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Figure 3-96 Transmission cable connections in an indoor DBS3900, BTS3900, or BTS3900L
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T2: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
Figure 3-97 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30,

APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or a BTS3900C

Figure 3-98 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900AL


the BBU3910
Figure 3-99 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30H

(Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors, or a BTS3900A

Figure 3-100 Transmission cable connections in an indoor DBS3900, BTS3900, or BTS3900L
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T2: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Figure 3-101 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30,

APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or a BTS3900C

T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station

Using Co-Transmission
In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted by using co-transmission.
This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also
provides illustrations of the cable connections.

The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base
station when co-transmission is implemented.

Princi BBU Transmission Configuration Principle Applicable

ple Base Station
Classi
ficatio
n
Princip BBU3900 l For a GU dual-mode base station using the 3900 series
les TDM-based co-transmission function, the base stations
classifi UTRP homed on the GSM side or the
ed by GTMU provides transmission ports.
transmi l For a GU dual-mode base station using the
ssion IP-based co-transmission function, the
modes UTRP homed on the UMTS side, the
WMPT, or the UMPT is preferentially used
to provide transmission ports.
l For a GL dual-mode base station, the UMPT
is preferentially used to provide
transmission ports.
l In a UL dual-mode base station, the UTRP
homed on the LTE side, the LMPT, or the
UMPT is preferentially used to provide
transmission ports.
BBU3910 l Co-transmission is used in co-MPT base

stations by default. In this case, the UMPTb
is configured, and the IP over FE/GE
transmission mode is preferentially used.
l When a separate-MPT base station uses co-
transmission, a UMPTb is configured and IP
over FE/GE co-transmission is
preferentially used. If more transmission
ports are required, a UTRPc can be
configured and transmission cables are
preferentially connected to the UTRPc.
l In a separate base station, if the GSM mode
is deployed on a GTMUb, transmission
cables can only be connected to the UMPT
deployed with UMTS mode rather than the
GTMUb to support co-transmission. If more
transmission ports are required, a UTRPc
can be configured and transmission cables
are preferentially connected to the UTRPc.


ple Base Station
Classi
ficatio
n
Princip - l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a UELP l BTS3900A

les that processes signals for surge protectiona. or
classifi BTS3900A
l FE/GE Ethernet cables must be connected to
ed by L
a UFLP that processes signals for surge
base l BTS3900C
protection.
station or
types DBS3900
using the
OMB
l Outdoor
DBS3900
l BTS3012A
E
(Ver.D_Z)
- E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do not l BTS3900

need to be connected to the UELP or UFLP. or
BTS3900L
l Indoor
DBS3900
- FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be l BTS3900

connected to the UELP or UFLP. or
BTS3900L
l BTS3900A
or
BTS3900A
L
l BTS3900C
or
DBS3900
using the
OMB
l DBS3900
l BTS3012A
E
(Ver.D_Z)


ple Base Station
Classi
ficatio
n

APM30H.
the BBU in the OMB.
Description
Table 3-98 and Table 3-99 describe the transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base
station (using co-transmission) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different
transmission modes, respectively.
Table 3-98 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using co-transmission)
configured with the BBU3900
Trans Appli Cable Connection Illustration of

missi cable Cable
on Mode Connectionsa
Mode
TDM- GU Scenario 1: If the BBU is not configured with a Illustrations 1 in

based UTRP, the GTMU or GTMUb provides E1/T1 ports Figure 3-103,
co- for transmission cables. Figure 3-104,
transm Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP, Figure 3-105, and
ission and the UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for Figure 3-106 show
transmission cables. the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.


missi cable Cable
Mode
IP- GU Scenario 1: The WMPT or UTRP provides E1/T1 Illustrations 2 in

based ports for transmission cables. The WMPT is Figure 3-103,
co- interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports Figure 3-104,
transm or optical ports. Figure 3-105, and
ission Scenario 2: The UMPT deployed with the UMTS Figure 3-106 show
in IP mode provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. the transmission
over The UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by cable connections
E1/T1 electrical ports or optical ports. in scenario 1.
mode
Scenario 3: The UMPT deployed with the UMTS
mode provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables
and the UMPT and the GTMUb are connected
through a backplane.
GL The UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission Illustrations 3 in

cables. The UMPT and the GTMUb are connected Figure 3-103,
through a backplane. Figure 3-104,
Figure 3-105, and
Figure 3-106 show
the transmission
cable connections
in this scenario.
UL The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the UTRP Illustrations 4 in

provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. The Figure 3-103,
LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT Figure 3-104,
or UMPT by electrical ports or optical ports. Figure 3-105, and
Figure 3-106 show
the transmission
cable connections
in this scenario.


missi cable Cable
Mode
IP- GU Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, Illustrations 5 in

based and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/ Figure 3-103,
co- GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Figure 3-104,
transm Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP2, Figure 3-105, and
ission and the UTRP2 provides FE/GE optical ports for Figure 3-106 show
in IP transmission cables. The GTMU is interconnected the transmission
over with the UTRP by optical ports. cable connections
FE/GE in scenario 1.
mode Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a
UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
optical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT
or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by
electrical ports.
Scenario 4: The BBU is not configured with a
UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
electrical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT
optical ports.
UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FF/GE
electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for
transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT and the
GTMUb are connected through a backplane.
UTRP, and the UMPTb1 provides FE/GE electrical
ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission
cables. The WMPT or UMPT communicates with
the UMPTb1 through the BBU backplane.


missi cable Cable
Mode
GL Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, Illustrations 6 in

and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/ Figure 3-103,
GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Figure 3-104,
Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a Figure 3-105, and
UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE Figure 3-106 show
optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or the transmission
UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by cable connections
electrical ports. in scenario 1.

UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT
optical ports.
UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FF/GE
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT and the
GTMUb are connected through a backplane.
cables. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with


missi cable Cable
Mode
UL Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, Illustrations 7 in

and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/ Figure 3-103,
GE electrical ports for transmission cables. Figure 3-104,
Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a Figure 3-105, and
UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE Figure 3-106 show
optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT or the transmission
UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT cable connections
by electrical ports. in scenario 1.

electrical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT
or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or
UMPT by optical ports.
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT
communicates with the WMPT or UMPT through
the BBU backplane.
cables. The LMPT or UMPT communicates with
G*U, The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the Illustrations 8 in
G*L, UMPTb1 provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE Figure 3-103,
and optical ports for transmission cables. Figure 3-104,
U*L Figure 3-105, and
Figure 3-106 show
the transmission
cable connections
in this scenario.
Route GU Scenario 1: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the Illustrations 9 in

backu GTMU provide electrical ports for transmission Figure 3-103,
p and cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected Figure 3-104,
IP- with the GTMU by optical ports. Figure 3-105, and
based Scenario 2: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the Figure 3-106 show
co- GTMU provide optical ports for transmission the transmission
transm cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected cable connections
ission with the GTMU by electrical ports. in scenario 1.


missi cable Cable
Mode
GL Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the Illustrations 10 in

GTMU provide electrical ports for transmission Figure 3-103,
cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with Figure 3-104,
the GTMU by optical ports. Figure 3-105, and
Scenario 2: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the Figure 3-106 show
GTMU provide optical ports for transmission the transmission
cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with cable connections
the GTMU by electrical ports. in scenario 1.
UL Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the Illustrations 11 in

WMPT or UMPT provide electrical ports for Figure 3-103,
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is Figure 3-104,
interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by Figure 3-105, and
optical ports. Figure 3-106 show
Scenario 2: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the the transmission
WMPT or UMPT provide optical ports for cable connections
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is in scenario 1.
interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by
electrical ports.
Hybrid UL Scenario 1: The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 Illustrations 12 in

transm ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or Figure 3-103,
ission UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for Figure 3-104,
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is Figure 3-105, and
interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by Figure 3-106 show
electrical ports. the transmission
Scenario 2: The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 cable connections
ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or in scenario 1.
UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is
interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by
optical ports.

Table 3-99 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using co-transmission)
configured with the BBU3910

missi cable Cable
Mode
IP- GU Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured Illustration 1 in

based with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(U) provides FE/GE Figure 3-107
co- optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission shows the
transm cables. transmission
ission Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and cable
in IP the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE connections in
over electrical ports for transmission cables. scenario 1.
FE/GE
mode GL Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured Illustration 2 in
with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(L) provides FE/GE Figure 3-107
optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission shows the
cables. transmission
Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and cable
the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE connections in
electrical ports for transmission cables. scenario 1.
UL Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured Illustration 2 in

with a UTRP, and the UMPTb(L) provides FE/GE Figure 3-107
optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission shows the
cables. transmission
Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and cable
the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE connections in
electrical ports for transmission cables. scenario 1.
G*U, Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not configured Illustration 3 in

G*L, with a UTRP, and the UMPTb provides FE/GE optical Figure 3-107
and ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. shows the
U*L Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, and transmission
the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE cable
electrical ports for transmission cables. connections in
scenario 1.


missi cable Cable
Mode
Hybrid G*U, Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, Illustration 4 in
transm G*L, and the UMPTb provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/ Figure 3-107
ission and GE electrical ports for transmission cables. shows the
U*L Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc. The transmission
UMPTb provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE cable
optical ports for transmission cables, and the UTRPc connections in
provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports scenario 1.
for transmission cables.
Scenario 3: The BBU is configured with a UTRPa, the
UMPTb provides optical ports or electrical ports for
transmission cables, and the UTRPa provides E1/T1
ports for transmission cables.
a: The illustrations of transmission cable connections in Figure 3-107 apply to all types of
base stations.


the BBU3900

Figure 3-103 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900A or a DBS3900 configured with

an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.4 Interconnection T4: 7.3 FE/GE
Protection Transfer Cable Cable Between FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
Electrical Ports
T5: 7.5 Interconnection T6: 7.7 FE/GE Surge T7: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet -
Cable Between FE/GE Protection Transfer Cable
Optical Ports Cable

Figure 3-104 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T2: 7.4 Interconnection Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic
Between FE/GE Electrical Ports Cable
T4: 7.5 Interconnection Cable T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable -

Between FE/GE Optical Ports

Figure 3-105 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900C or a DBS3900 configured with

an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB
Electrical Ports
Optical Ports Cable

Electrical Ports
Optical Ports Cable


the BBU3910
Figure 3-107 Transmission cable connections in a 3900 series base station
T1: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable T2: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable
3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station

Using Separate Transmission
In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted using separate transmission.
This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections and also
provides illustrations of the cable connections.

The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base
station using separate transmission.
Principle BBU Transmission Configuration Principle Applicable

Classifica Base Station
tion
Principles BBU l In separate-MPT scenarios, data of different 3900 series base

classified 3900 modes is separately transmitted. stations
by or l Data transmission of different modes does not
transmissio BBU affect each other.
n modes 3910

Principle BBU Transmission Configuration Principle Applicable

Classifica Base Station
tion
Principles - l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a UELP that l BTS3900A

classified processes signals for surge protectiona. or
by base BTS3900AL
l FE/GE Ethernet cables must be connected to a
station l BTS3900C
UFLP that processes signals for surge
types or DBS3900
protection.
using the
OMB
l Outdoor
DBS3900
l BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z)
- E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do not l BTS3900 or

need to be connected to the UELP or UFLP. BTS3900L
l Indoor
DBS3900
- FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be l BTS3900 or

connected to the UELP or UFLP. BTS3900L
l BTS3900A
or
BTS3900AL
l BTS3900C
or DBS3900
using the
OMB
l DBS3900
l BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z)

APM30H.
the BBU in the OMB.

Description
Table 3-101 and Table 3-102 describe the transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base
station (using separate transmission) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different
transmission modes, respectively.
Table 3-101 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate
transmission) configured with the BBU3900

missi cable Cable
Mode
GSM GU Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU, or GTMUb Illustrations 1 in
E1/T1 provide E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. Figure 3-108,
+UMT Figure 3-109,
S E1/ Figure 3-110,
T1 and Figure
3-111 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
this scenario.
GSM GU Scenario 1: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU Illustrations 2 in
FE/GE or GTMUb provide FE optical ports for transmission Figure 3-108,
+UMT cables. Figure 3-109,
S FE/ Scenario 2: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the GTMU Figure 3-110,
GE or GTMUb provide FE electrical ports for transmission and Figure
cables. 3-111 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
GSM GL The GTMU or GTMUb provides E1/T1 ports and the Illustrations 3 in
E1/T1 LMPT or UMPT provides FE electrical ports or FE Figure 3-108,
+LTE optical ports for transmission cables. Figure 3-109,
FE/GE Figure 3-110,
and Figure
3-111 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.


missi cable Cable
Mode
GSM GL Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the GTMU Illustrations 4 in
FE/GE or GTMUb provide FE electrical ports for transmission Figure 3-108,
+LTE cables. Figure 3-109,
FE/GE Scenario 2: The LMPT or UMPT provides FE optical Figure 3-110,
ports and the GTMU or GTMUb provide FE electrical and Figure
ports for transmission cables. 3-111 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
UMTS UL Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP. Illustrations 5 in

E1/T1 The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for Figure 3-108,
+LTE transmission cables, and the LMPT or UMPT provides Figure 3-109,
FE/GE FE electrical ports or FE optical ports for transmission Figure 3-110,
cables. and Figure
Scenario 2: The UTRP is configured for UMTS. The 3-111 show the
UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, transmission
and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE electrical ports cable
or FE optical ports for transmission cables. connections in
scenario 1.
UMTS UL Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the WMPT Illustrations 6 in
FE/GE or UMPT provide FE electrical ports for transmission Figure 3-108,
+LTE cables. Figure 3-109,
FE/GE Scenario 2: The LMPT or UMPT provides FE optical Figure 3-110,
ports for transmission cables, and the WMPT or UMPT and Figure
provides FE electrical ports for transmission cables. 3-111 show the
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.

Table 3-102 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate
transmission) configured with the BBU3910
Transmission Appl Cable Connection Illustration

Mode icabl of Cable
e Connection
Mod sa
e
l GSM E1/T1 GU l For the GSM mode, transmission cables can Illustration 1
+UMTS E1/ be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE in Figure
T1 electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on the 3-112 shows
l GSM E1/T1 UMPT(G) or GTMUb. the
+UMTS FE/ l For the UMTS mode, transmission cables can transmission
GE be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE cable
electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on the connections
l GSM FE/GE in this
+UMTS FE/ UMPT(U). A UTRPa can be configured for
UMTS to provide E1/T1 ports for scenario.
GE
l GSM FE/GE
+UMTS E1/
T1
l GSM E1/T1 GL l For the GSM mode, transmission cables can Illustration 2
+LTE FE/ be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE in Figure
GE electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on the 3-112 shows
l GSM FE/GE UMPT(G) or GTMUb. the
+LTE FE/ l For the LTE mode, transmission cables can transmission
GE be connected to FE/GE electrical ports or FE/ cable
GE optical ports on the UMPT(L). connections
in this
scenario.
l UMTS E1/ UL l For the UMTS mode, transmission cables can Illustration 3
T1+LTE FE/ be connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE in Figure
GE electrical ports, or FE/GE optical ports on the 3-112 shows
l UMTS FE/ UMPT(U). the
GE+LTE l For the LTE mode, transmission cables can transmission
FE/GE be connected to FE/GE electrical ports or FE/ cable
GE optical ports on the UMPT(L). connections
in this
scenario.
a:
l The transmission cable connections in Figure 3-112 apply to different types of base
stations.
l In this figure, GSM scenarios use UMPTb boards as examples.


the BBU3900
Figure 3-108 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900A or a DBS3900 configured with

an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or APM30H (Ver.D) outdoors
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber T4: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge
Protection Transfer Cable Optic Cable Protection Transfer Cable
T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet - - -

Cable

Figure 3-109 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

Figure 3-110 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900C or a DBS3900 configured with

an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB

Cable


Cable


the BBU3910
Figure 3-112 Transmission cable connections in a 3900 series base station
T1: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base

Station
This section describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station in typical
scenarios.
Description
In this document, BBU 0 and BBU 1 are used to differentiate the two BBUs in a triple-mode
base station.
l In an expanded base station, BBU 0 is the one installed during the initial site deployment,
and BBU 1 is the one added during the capacity expansion.
l In a new base station, BBU 0 is the one working in GU or GL mode, and BBU 1 is the one
working in LO or UO mode.
l The difference between the GL+U configuration and U+GL configuration is as follows:
The GL+U configuration applies to both a new base station and an expanded base station,
whereas the U+GL configuration applies only to an expanded base station.
The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station
in typical scenarios.

Table 3-103 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station
BBU Triple-Mode Working Mode of the BBU Illustration of Cable

Scenario Connections
BBU GU+L (BBUs BBU 0 works in GU modes, and l Transmission cable

3900 not BBU 1 works in LO mode. connections in GU modes
interconnected) are different for co-
transmission and separate-
GL+U (BBUs BBU 0 works in GL modes, and transmission. For details,
not BBU 1 works in UO mode. see 3.2.2 Transmission
interconnected) Cable Connections in a
U+GL (BBUs BBU 0 works in UO mode, and Dual-Mode Base Station
not BBU 1 works in GL modes. Using Co-Transmission
interconnected) and 3.2.3 Transmission
Cable Connections in a
G+UL (BBUs BBU 0 works in GO mode, and Dual-Mode Base Station
not BBU 1 works in UL modes. Using Separate
interconnected) Transmission.
l For transmission cable
connections in LO mode,
see 3.2.1 Transmission
Single-Mode Base Station.
GU+L (UCIU BBU 0 works in GU modes, and For details, see illustration 1 or
+UMPT) BBU 1 works in LO mode. BBU 2 in Figure 3-113.
0 and BBU 1 are interconnected
using the UCIU and UMPT.
GL+U (UCIU BBU 0 works in GL modes, and For details, see illustration 3 or
+UMPT) BBU 1 works in UO mode. 4 in Figure 3-113.
BBU 0 and BBU 1 are
interconnected using the UCIU
and UMPT.
GU+UL (UCIU BBU 0 works in GU modes, and For details, see illustration 5 in
+UMPT) BBU 1 works in UL modes. Figure 3-113.
BBU 0 and BBU 1 are
interconnected using the UCIU
and UMPT.
l G*U*L The BBU is configured with a For details, see illustration 6 in

l G*L*T UMPTb1 and works in triple- Figure 3-113.
mode co-MPT scenarios.
l G[L*T] The BBU is configured with a For details, see illustration 6 in

l U[L*T] UMPTb1 and works in triple- Figure 3-113.
mode separate-MPT scenarios.
l G[U*T] The main control boards of
different modes communicate
with each other through the
BBU backplane.

BBU Triple-Mode Working Mode of the BBU Illustration of Cable

Scenario Connections
G*U*L Each BBU is configured with a BBU 0 supports the co-

+G*U*L UMPTb1 and works in GUL transmission function for GUL
(UCIU modes. The two BBUs are modes. Transmission cables are
+UMPT) interconnected using the UCIU not connected to BBU 1. For
and UMPT. transmission cable connections
of BBU 0, see illustration 6 in
Figure 3-113.
BBU GU+L (BBUs BBU 0 works in GU modes, and l Transmission cable

3910 not BBU 1 works in LO mode. connections in GU modes
interconnected) are different for co-
transmission and separate-
GL+U (BBUs BBU 0 works in GL modes, and transmission. For details,
not BBU 1 works in UO mode. see 3.2.2 Transmission
interconnected) Cable Connections in a
Dual-Mode Base Station
Using Co-Transmission
and 3.2.3 Transmission
Dual-Mode Base Station
Using Separate
Transmission.
l For transmission cable
connections in LO mode,
see 3.2.1 Transmission
Single-Mode Base Station.
GU+L (UMPT BBU 0 works in GU modes, and The UMPTb(L) is

+UMPT) BBU 1 works in LO mode. BBU preferentially used to provide
0 and BBU 1 are interconnected an FE/GE optical port or FE/GE
using the UMPT boards. electrical port. For details about
the transmission cable
connections, see illustration 1 in
Figure 3-114.
GL+U (UMPT BBU 0 works in GL modes, and The UMPTb(L) is

+UMPT) BBU 1 works in UO mode. preferentially used to provide
BBU 0 and BBU 1 are an FE/GE optical port or FE/GE
interconnected using the UMPT electrical port. For details about
boards. the transmission cable
connections, see illustration 2 in
Figure 3-114.
G*U*L The BBU is configured with a For details, see illustration 3 in

UMPTb and works in GUL co- Figure 3-114.
MPT mode.

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station

Configured with the BBU3900
The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station
configured with the BBU3900.
Figure 3-113 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all
types of triple-mode base stations)
Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station

Configured with the BBU3910
The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station
configured with the BBU3910.

Figure 3-114 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all
types of triple-mode base stations)
3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base

Station
This section describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in
typical scenarios.
Description
The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base
station in typical scenarios.
Table 3-104 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station
BBU Base Working Mode of the BBU Illustration of

Stati Cable
on Connections
BBU G*U* A single BBU is configured with a UMPTb1 and works For details, see
3900 L*T in quadruple modes. Figure 3-115.
base
statio
n

BBU Base Working Mode of the BBU Illustration of

Stati Cable
on Connections
BBU G*U* l In a newly deployed base station, a single BBU is For details, see
3910 L*T configured with a UMPTb and works in quadruple Figure 3-115.
base modes. If active/standby backup of main control
statio boards or signaling extension is required, a second
n UMPTb needs to be configured.
l If a co-MPT single-, dual-, or triple-mode base
station configured with one BBU requires capacity
expansion, the original main control board needs to
be reserved. If the base station requires signaling
extension, a second UMPTb needs to be configured.
l If a base station needs to be expanded to a co-MPT
base station configured with two BBUs, both BBU
0 and BBU 1 need to be configured with a UMPTb.
Illustration of Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base

Station Configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910
The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base
station.
Figure 3-115 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station (applying to
all types of quadruple-mode base stations)
3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L,
BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.

3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is
configured with different types of cabinets.
BTS3900 (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station.
NOTE
When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are
connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station
configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V)

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
(110 V or 220 V).
Figure 3-116 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections.
Table 3-105 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
No. Description
S1 and S2 For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.

No. Description
S4 For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between

Cascaded FANs.
S5 and S6 For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S7 For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S8 and S9 For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal

Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (-48 V)

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet
(-48 V).
Figure 3-117 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
Table 3-106 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
No. Description

Cable.

No. Description

Cascaded FANs.

Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (+24 V)

(+24 V).
Figure 3-118 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

Table 3-107 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

No. Description

Cable.

Cascaded FANs.

Cable.
S8 For details, see 8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S9 and S10 For details, see 8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-

Position Signal Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890

NOTE
The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup
power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and
transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a
BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890.
Figure 3-119 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is
stacked on a PS4890

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a
BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side.
Figure 3-120 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and
a PS4890 are installed side by side
Table 3-108 Monitoring signal cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890
No. Description
S1 For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.

BTS3900 (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
(110 V or 220 V).
Figure 3-121 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
Table 3-109 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
No. Description

No. Description
S3 For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.

Cascaded FAN 03B Units.
S5 and S6 For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.

Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario

(-48 V).
Figure 3-122 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet
Table 3-110 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
No. Description
S1 For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

No. Description
S2 For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.

Cable.

Cascaded FAN 03B Units.
BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured
with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Figure 3-123 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900
AC
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured
with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Table 3-111 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900
AC
No. Description
S2 For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S3 For details, see 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.

AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)
with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)
No. Description

Cable.

Cable.

No. Description
S4 For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for

Temperature Sensors.
with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)
with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.

AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)
No. Description

Cable.

Cable.

with 2 BTS3900 DCs and supplied with -48 V DC power.
DCs

DCs
No. Description

Cable.

Cascaded FAN 03C Units.

Cable.
3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is
configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
BTS3900L (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE
configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section
uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in
the -48 V DC scenario.

Figure 3-127 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC
scenario
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet.
Table 3-115 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet
No. Description
S2 For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal

Cable Between Cascaded FANs.
S3 For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU

Monitoring Signal Cable.
S4 and S5 For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring

Signal Cable.

BTS3900L (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in
the -48 V DC scenario.
Figure 3-128 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC
scenario

Table 3-116 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet
No. Description

Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units.
S3 For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU


Signal Cable.
BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L (Ver.D).
NOTE
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario.

Figure 3-129 Monitoring signal cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario
Table 3-117 Monitoring signal cables in BTS3900L

No. Description

Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.
S3 For details, see PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario.
Figure 3-130 Monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario
Table 3-118 Monitoring signal cables in the BTS3900L

No. Description

Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.
S3 For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU


Signal Cable.

3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is
configured with enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A
(Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D).
BTS3900A (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.B) in
different power supply scenarios.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply

Scenario
NOTE
l The position of the CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the
CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses
the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are
connected to right positions.
l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are
connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base
station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A
configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.
Figure 3-131 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC
+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU

Table 3-119 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1
APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU
No. Description
S0 For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S1 and S2 For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S4 For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB


Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.

Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

Cables for Door Status Sensors.

Cables for Temperature Sensors.
configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU.

Figure 3-132 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs
+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU
Table 3-120 describes the monitoring signal cable connections.
Table 3-120 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs
No. Description
S0 For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5 For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable.
S4 For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S6 and S8 For details, see 8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a

Battery Cabinet.
S7 For details, see 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable

between Cascaded CMUAs.

No. Description

Door Status Sensors.


When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs,
BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension
APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the
root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.
+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs

No. Description
S0 For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5 For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable.
S4 For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S6 and S8 For details, see 8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a

Battery Cabinet.
S7 For details, see 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable

between Cascaded CMUAs.



Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario

configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.

+1 TMC11H and one BBU
Table 3-122 describes the monitoring signal cable connections.
No. Description

S1 and S2 For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.


Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.


When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed
in the basic TMC11H, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H. In this scenario, all
monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows
the monitoring signal cable connections.
+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs
BTS3900A (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.C) in

Scenario
NOTE
l The position of the CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the
CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses
the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are
connected to right positions.
connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base
station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.

configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.
Figure 3-136 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC
+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU
Table 3-123 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1
APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU
No. Description

Signal Cable.
S1 and S2 For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see PMU-CMUE Monitoring

Signal Cable.

No. Description


Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.




configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU.

No. Description

Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5 For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.

Signal Cable.

S6 and S8 For details, see 8.2.25 Monitoring Signal





When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs,
BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension
APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the
root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.

No. Description

Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5 For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.

Signal Cable.




No. Description




configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.

No. Description

S1 and S2 For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.




When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed
in the basic TMC11H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H on the
right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0).
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.

No. Description
S0 For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for

the Door Status Sensor.
S1 and S2 For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable

Between the CMUE and the BBU.

the EMUA/EMUB.
S4 For details, see Signal Cable for the ELU.

No. Description
S5 For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable

Between Cascaded CMUEs.
S6 For details, see Temperature Monitoring

Signal Cable for the RFC.

the Door Status Sensor in the TMC11H.
BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.D) in
NOTE
l The position of the CMUEA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUEA
in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses the IBBS200D
as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right
positions.

Scenario
configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.

+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
No. Description
S1 and S2 For details, see 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU

S3 For details, see 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU



Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.



No. Description

configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H.
+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
No. Description



No. Description





configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H.

No. Description








Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.
configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H.

No. Description

S3 For details, see 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA






No. Description

S10 For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring

Signal Cable.

configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H.
+1 TMC11H

+1 TMC11H
No. Description





BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900A (Ver.E) power cable connections in 1n different power
supply scenarios.
NOTE
l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUH
in the front door of an IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an IBBS200D
as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are connected to right
positions.
positions.
l If a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the monitoring
cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a base station
configured with two BBUs as an example.
l The boards to be monitored are cascaded in sequence. If the upper-level board of a board is not configured,
the monitoring signal cable is connected to its lower-level board.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured
with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.

Figure 3-146 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1
APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
The following table describes the monitoring signal cables.
Table 3-133 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1
APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
No. Description
S0 For details, see ELU Signal Cable.
S1 For details, see CCUB-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S2 For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see EMUA or EMUB


Signal Cable.
S5 For details, see CCUB-CMUH Monitoring

Signal Cable.

a Battery Cabinet.

No. Description
S7 For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables

for Door Status Sensors.

for Temperature Sensors.
S9 For details, see PMIU-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.
APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
No. Description

No. Description

Signal Cable.
S2 and S4 For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.


Signal Cable.

a Battery Cabinet.



Between Cascaded CMUHs.

Signal Cable.
with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H.

No. Description

Signal Cable.
S2 and S4 For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.


Signal Cable.

a Battery Cabinet.


No. Description


Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.

Signal Cable.
Monitoring signal cable connections in -a 48 V DC scenario

with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H.
TMC11H

TMC11H
No. Description

Signal Cable.

Signal Cable.


Between Cascaded CMUHs.


BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or 220
V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

NOTE
If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in the
figures.
When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are
shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-150 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1

TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs
Table 3-137 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1

TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs
No. Description
S1 Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T
S2 PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/

EMUB
S4 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the Fan

on the Front Door
S5 Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status

Sensor in an APM30H
S6 and S14 ELU Signal Cable
S7 and S8 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S9 and S17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded

CMUEAs

No. Description
S10 and S16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Fan

Assembly in the RFC
S11 and S12 8.1.7 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the
DCDU-13A
S13, S18, and S19 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status
Sensor
S15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature

Sensor

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V
DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-151 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs

Table 3-138 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
No. Description
S1 and S11 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status

Sensor

EMUB
CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

on the Front Door
S7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded

CMUEAs

Assembly in the RFC

DCDU-13A

Sensor
BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or 220

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs and is supplied
with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the
following figure.

Figure 3-152 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs
Table 3-139 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs
No. Description
S0 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status

Sensor in the APM30

Sensor for Storage Batteries

CMUEAs

EMUB

at the Top of a Cabinet
S5, S15, and S20 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature
Sensor

No. Description
S9 and S17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded

CMUEAs

Assembly in the RFC
DCDU-13A
Sensor

in the Front Door

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V DC
power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-153 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs

Table 3-140 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs
No. Description

Sensor

in the Front Door

EMUB
S3, S5, and S15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature
Sensor


CMUEAs

Assembly in the RFC
DCDU-13A
3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet.
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A).
Monitoring signal cable connections in 110 V AC/220 V AC scenarios

Scenario with a Single BBU
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL
configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D).

Figure 3-154 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1
BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with one BBU)
Table 3-141 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC
cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with one BBU)
No. Description
S0 For details, see 8.2.4 Signal Cables for

connecting Cascaded CCUs.
S1 For details, see 8.1.1 PMU-CCU

S2 For details, see 8.3.2 FAU03D-01

S3 For details, see 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU



Cable for the AC Surge Protection
Module.

No. Description
S8 For details, see 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU


Signal Cable.
S10 For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.

connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.

Scenario with Two BBUs
configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D).
When an IBBS700T instead of an IBBS700D is used, the monitoring signal cable connections
are the same.
BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with two BBUs)

cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with two BBUs)
No. Description



S3 For details, see 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU

S4 For details, see 8.4.13 BBU Interconnection

Signal Cables.


Module.


Signal Cable.
S10 and S11 For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.


configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds. When
two IBBS300Ts instead of two IBBS300Ds are used, the monitoring signal cable connections
are the same.

BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds (with two BBUs)
cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds (with two BBUs)
No. Description
S0 and S4 For details, see 8.2.4 Signal Cables for




Signal Cables.


Module.


Signal Cable.

No. Description

Signal Cable.


Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios

Scenario with a Single BBU
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured
with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
Figure 3-157 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with one
BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with one BBU)

Table 3-144 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC
cabinet (with one BBU)
No. Description


Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.




Scenario with Two BBUs
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL configured
with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet.

Figure 3-158 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with one
BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with two BBUs)
Table 3-145 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC
cabinet (with two BBUs)
No. Description


Signal Cable.

Signal Cable.



Signal Cables.


No. Description

3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using

a BBU3900 or BBU3910)
This section describes monitoring signal cable connections in the DBS3900 configured with
different types of cabinets in which a BBU3900 or BBU3910 is used.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or

APM30H (Ver.C)
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H
(Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C).
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B).
Figure 3-159 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B)

Table 3-146 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B)
No. Description
S1 HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable
S2 and S4 PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 and S5 CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C).
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C)
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C)
No. Description

No. Description
S2 and S4 PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 and S5 CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C).
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description

No. Description
S6 8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between

Cascaded CMUEs
with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B).
configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
S1 S2 S3 S1 S2 S6
S1 S1
S5
S6 S4 S6 S4
configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
No. Description

Cascaded CMUEs
with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C).

configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description
S6 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between

Cascaded CMUAs
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station

The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one BBU
are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If two
BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic cabinet and
BBU 1 is installed in the extension cabinet. The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected
to BBU 0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following
figure uses the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station when BBUs
are installed in two APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example.

Figure 3-164 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with
2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
Table 3-151 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 2 APM30Hs
(Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
No. Description
S6 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between

Cascaded CMUAs
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or

TMC11H (Ver.C)
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H
(Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two
TMC11Hs (Ver.B).

Figure 3-165 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
Table 3-152 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with
two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
No. Description
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two
TMC11Hs (Ver.C).
configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)

two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)
No. Description

are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If a triple-
mode base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC, and BBU
1 is installed in the extension TMC. The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected to BBU
0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following figure
shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station when the BBUs are
installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.B).
two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
Table 3-154 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
No. Description
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)

(Ver.D).


Figure 3-168 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D).
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Table 3-155 describes the monitoring signal cables.
Table 3-155 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
No. Description
S1 and S4 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring

Signal Cable
S2 and S3 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D).

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable

Cascaded CMUEAs
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable

Cascaded CMUEAs
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds.
NOTE
The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS300T are the same as those in an IBBS300D. The
following figure and table use an IBBS300D an example.

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds
No. Description
S1 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring

Signal Cable

Cable
S4 8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a

Battery Cabinet

Cascaded CCU01D-03s
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D.

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T.

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T
No. Description
S1 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring

Signal Cable
S4 8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

Cable

are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If two
BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H
(Ver.D). If the base station is not configured with a TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the
2 U space below BBU 0 in the basic APM30H (Ver.D). If the base station is configured with a
TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D). Figure 3-175 shows the
monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D
(Ver.D).

1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Table 3-160 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D
(Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable
Figure 3-176 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200T (Ver.D).
NOTE
If the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D),
BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0. In this case, the monitoring signal cable connections are
the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2 in Figure
3-176.

1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200T (Ver.D)
(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T
(Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)
+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).
NOTE
If the base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D),
and BBU 1 is installed in the 1U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections for the base
station are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 2
in Figure 3-177.

1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
(Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds
(Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable

with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).
NOTE
If the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts
(Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0. In this case, the monitoring signal cable
connections are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration
2 in Figure 3-178.
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)

(Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts
(Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable
In a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1

IBBS700D/T, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a single- or dual-
mode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does not perform the
monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-173 and Figure 3-174.
In a triple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2

IBBS300Ds/Ts, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a single- or
dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does not perform
the monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-172.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

(Ver.E).
NOTE
positions.
positions.
l If a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the monitoring
cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a base station
configured with two BBUs as an example.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the
configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds.

Figure 3-179 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1
APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds
Table 3-164 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description
S0 ELU Signal Cable
S1 8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S2 Monitoring Signal Cable Between

Cascaded CMUHs
S3 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal

Cable

Cascaded CCUBs
S5 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door

Status Sensors

No. Description

Battery Cabinet
S7 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds.
APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds

Table 3-165 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds
No. Description
S0 ELU Signal Cable

Cable

Cascaded CCU01D-03s

Cable

Cascaded CCUBs

Status Sensors

Battery Cabinet
S7 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H

(Ver.D_A2)
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220

NOTE
If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in the
figures.
When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T and is

supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in
the following figure.

Figure 3-181 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1

TMC11H+1 IBBS200T
Table 3-166 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1

TMC11H+1 IBBS200T
No. Description
S1 Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T
S2 PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

EMUB

on the Front Door
S5 Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status

Sensor in an APM30H
S6 ELU Signal Cable

Sensor


When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMC11Hs and is supplied with -48 V DC power,
the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-182 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs
Table 3-167 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs
No. Description

Sensor

EMUB

on the Front Door
S5 ELU Signal Cable

CMUEAs
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1)

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC and is supplied with 110
V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-183 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC
Table 3-168 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC
No. Description

Sensor in the APM30

Sensor for Storage Batteries

CMUEAs

EMUB

S5 and S10 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature

Sensor
S6 ELU Signal Cable

No. Description

in the Front Door
Sensor

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power,
the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-184 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs
Table 3-169 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs
No. Description

Sensor

in the Front Door

EMUB
S3 and S5 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Temperature

Sensor


No. Description

CMUEAs
Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)

(Ver.D).

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode
base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D).
configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)
one TMC11H (Ver.D)
No. Description
S1 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable

are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. The
following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with
two BBUs and one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D).

NOTE
When the base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space
below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections in the base station is the same as those in the base
station where two BBUs are installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) separately, as shown by illustration 2 in
Figure 3-186.
one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)
Table 3-171 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.D)
No. Description

Cable
Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

(Ver.E).
NOTE
l When a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the
monitoring cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a
base station configured with two BBUs as an example.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections when two TMC11Hs are
configured.

Figure 3-187 Monitoring signal cable connections when two TMC11Hs are configured
Table 3-172 Monitoring signal cables when two TMC11Hs are configured
No. Description
S0 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

Cable

Status Sensors

Cable

Cascaded CCUBs
Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or

IMB03
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an OMB,
OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03.
l For details about the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the IMB03
or IMB03+IFS06, see DBS3900 Installation Guide and DBS3900 (ICR) Installation
Guide.
l If a DBS3900 uses the OMB or IMB03, the DBS3900 can be configured as a single- or
dual-mode base station. If a DBS3900 uses the IMB03+IFS06, the DBS3900 can be
configured as a triple-mode base station.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC
OMB.

Figure 3-188 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB

S2 S2
S1
S4
S1 S3
S2
S3
S5 S5
S4
S2
Table 3-173 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
No. Description

Status Sensors
S2 8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the

OMB Fan Assembly
S3 8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S4 8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge

Protection Box
S5 8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal

Cable
OMB (Ver.C).

Figure 3-189 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C)
(without backup power)
Table 3-174 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup
power)
No. Description
S2 and S3 8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring

Signal Cable

Status Sensors

Surge Protection Box

Cable
S7 8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal

Cable

No. Description
S8 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for

Temperature Sensors
OMB (Ver.C) for which backup power is provided, one OMB (Ver.C), and two IBBS20Ds.
Figure 3-190 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C)
(without backup power)
Table 3-175 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup
power)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Status Sensors

Surge Protection Box

Cable

No. Description
S7 8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal

Cable

Temperature Sensors

CMUG

Cascaded CMUGs
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC
OMB.
Figure 3-191 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
Table 3-176 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
No. Description

Status Sensors

OMB Fan Assembly

Cable

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC
OMB (Ver.C).
Figure 3-192 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)
Table 3-177 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Status Sensors

Cable

Temperature Sensors

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the
TP48600A.
configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and two BBUs are
installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in an
IBBS700D. The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are
the same.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.
TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Table 3-178 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1
TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description
S1 and S2 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S4 8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting

Cascaded CCUs
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the following scenario:
A DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C), and

two BBUs are installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable
connections in a DBS3900 configured with the IBBS300D. The monitoring signal cable
connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are the same.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.
TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Table 3-179 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2
IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description
S1 and S2 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S4 and S5 8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting

Cascaded CCUs
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

This section describes signal cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied with
-48 V DC power.

Signal Cable Connections in a DC IBC10

The following figure shows signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied
with -48 V DC power.
Figure 3-195 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10
The following table describes signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900
supplied with -48 V DC power.

Table 3-180 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10

No. Description
S0 Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies
S1 ELU signal cable
S2 Signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies
S3 and S4 Monitoring signal cables for the temperature sensors at the air
intake vents of the BBUs
S5 to S14 GPS clock signal cables
3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a

BBU3910A
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a
BBU3910A.
2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the
configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds.
Figure 3-196 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2
OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds

Table 3-181 Monitoring signal cables in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms
+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds
No. Description
S1 OPM50M-BBU monitoring signal cable
S2 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded

OPM50Ms
S3 OPM50M-CMUG Monitoring Signal Cable

Cascaded CMUGs
2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the
configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls.
Figure 3-197 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 2
OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls

Table 3-182 Monitoring signal cables in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms
+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls
No. Description
S1 OPM50M-BBU monitoring signal cable
S2 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded

OPM50Ms
S3 Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS20L

IBBS20Ls
3.3.7 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is
configured with different types of cabinets.
BTS3900C WCDMA Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables.
l BTS3900C AC cabinet
Figure 3-198 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet.
Figure 3-198 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet

Table 3-183 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet.
Table 3-183 Signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet
SN Cable
S1 Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor
S2 Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan
S3 8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S4 GPS clock signal cable
S5 8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable
S6 8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box
l BTS3900C DC cabinet
Figure 3-199 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet.
Figure 3-199 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet
Table 3-184 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet.
Table 3-184 Signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet
SN Cable
S1 Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor

SN Cable
S2 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B
S3 Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan
S4 8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable
S5 GPS clock signal cable
BTS3900C (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V)

Only one BBU can be installed in a BTS3900C. The following figure shows the monitoring
signal cable connections in a BTS3900C Cabinet supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power.
Figure 3-200 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C AC cabinet
The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections.

Table 3-185 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet
Cable No. Cable Description
S2 Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan
S3 Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan
S4 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors
S5 8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box
S6 8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S7 8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable
S8 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900C cabinet
supplied with -48 V DC power.
Figure 3-201 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C DC cabinet
The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections.

Table 3-186 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet
Cable No. Cable Description
S2 Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan
S3 Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan
S4 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors
S5 8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S6 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors
3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are configured.
NOTE
When the two BBUs are interconnected to support triple or quadruple modes, BBU 0 is the root BBU, and
BBU 1 is the leaf BBU.
UCIU+UMPT
In a triple or quadruplemode base station configured with two BBUs, triple or quadruple modes
can be supported by connecting the UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. In a UMTS single-
mode base station, the UMTS service processing capacity can be expanded by connecting the
UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. Any port from M0 to M4 on the UCIU in BBU 0 can
be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-BBU signal cable, as shown
in Figure 3-202.
NOTE
In UCIU+UMPT mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 should be BBU3900s.

In UCIU+UMPT mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of BBU 1. The following
table lists the BBU configurations in single-, triple-, or quadruple-mode scenarios supporting UCIU
+UMPT mode.
Table 3-187 BBU configurations
Scenario BBU 0 BBU 1
Triple-mode scenario GU L
GL U
GU UL
G*U*L G*U*L
Quadruple-mode scenario GU L*T
G[L*T] U

Single-mode scenario U U
Figure 3-202 Signal cable connection between the UCIU and the UMPT
UMPT+UMPT
In a triple-mode base station configured with two BBUs, triple modes can be supported by
connecting the UMPT in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. The CI port on the UMPT in BBU 0
can be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-BBU signal cable, as
shown in Figure 3-203.
NOTE
In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 can have the following composition:
l BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3900s.
l BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3910s.
l BBU 0 is BBU3900, BBU 1 is BBU3910.
In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of both
BBU 0 and BBU 1. The following table lists the BBU configurations in UMPT+UMPT mode.
Table 3-188 BBU configurations
Triple-mode scenario GU L
GL U
GU UL
G*U*L G*U*L
Quadruple-mode scenario GU L*T
G[L*T] U
Single-mode scenario U U

Figure 3-203 Connections of the Interconnection Signal Cable Between UMPT boards
Baseband Interconnection
The baseband processing boards in two BBUs can be connected to exchange baseband data. The
following table describes the baseband interconnection scenarios.
Table 3-189 Baseband interconnection scenarios
Scenario BBU 0 BBU 1 Description Baseband

Interconnecti
on Mode
Triple-mode GU UL Supported only WBBPf

scenario in UCIU +WBBPf
+UMPT mode WBBPf
+UBBPd_U
Single-mode U U -
scenario UBBPd_U
+UBBPd_U
The connections of the interconnection signal cables between two WBBPf boards, between the
WBBPf and UBBPd in UMTS mode, and between the UBBPd in UMTS mode and UBBPd in
UMTS mode are the same. Figure 3-204 shows the connections of the interconnection signal
cable between the WBBPf and WBBPf.
NOTE
Only the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in slot 2 or 3 of a BBU can be connected to the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in
another BBU.
Figure 3-204 Connections of the interconnection signal cable

3.5 CPRI Cable Connections

CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and
quadruple-mode base station.
3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections in GSM base stations.
Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections in typical GSM base
stations.

Table 3-190 Principles of CPRI cable connections
BBU Board CPRI Cable Connection Principle Illustratio

Configuration and n of Cable
Networking Connectio
Principle ns
BBU390 l When GSM l f the BBU is configured with a UBBP, Figure

0 baseband signals CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be 3-205 and
need to be connected to the UBBP in any of slots Figure
processed by RF 0 to 3. The CPRI cables for RFUs and 3-206 show
modules, the RRUs can be connected to the CPRI CPRI cable
GTMU/GTMUb or ports on the same UBBP. connections
UMPT can be in scenarios
l If the GSM baseband signals are
configured as the where GSM
processed by RF modules, CPRI
main control board baseband
cable connections are as follows:
and the UBRI is signals are
configured as If the BBU is configured with a processed
required. GTMU, CPRI cables are directly by RF
connected to the GTMU/GTMUb. modules.
l When GSM
baseband signals If the BBU is configured with a Figure
need to be UMPT, CPRI cables are 3-207 and
processed by the connected to the UBRI. Figure
baseband l If RFUs and RRUs are configured 3-208 show
processing board, together, CPRI cable connections are CPRI cable
the UBBP(G)a is as follows: connections
required. CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs in scenarios
can be connected to the same where GSM
UBRI when at most six CPRI baseband
ports are required. signals are
processed
It is recommended that CPRI by the
cables for all RFUs be connected baseband
to a UBRI and CPRI cables for all processing
RRUs be connected to another board.
UBRI when more than six CPRI
ports are required.


Configuration and n of Cable
Networking Connectio
Principle ns
BBU391 l When GSM l When GSM baseband signals are Figure

0 baseband signals processed by RF modules, the 3-205 and
need to be GTMUb in slot 5 or 6 or the UBRIb Figure
processed by RF in slot 0, 1, 2, or 3 can provide CPRI 3-206 show
modules, the ports for connecting to RF modules. CPRI cable
GTMUb can be l When GSM baseband signals are connections
configured or the processed by the baseband processing in scenarios
UBRI is configured board, the UBBP in slot 0, 1, 2, or 3 where GSM
as required. can provide CPRI ports for baseband
l When GSM connecting to RF modules. signals are
baseband signals processed
need to be by RF
processed by the modules.
baseband Figure
processing board, 3-207 and
the UBBP(G) is Figure
required. 3-208 show
CPRI cable
connections
in scenarios
where GSM
baseband
signals are
processed
by the
baseband
processing
board.
a: The UBBP(G) is not a board type but a UBBP working in GSM mode.
b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration
in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.
Table 3-191 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the
working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode
preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module
connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a
UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L).

Table 3-191 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to
UBBP and UBRIb boards
Working Connection Priority

Mode of
an RF
module
GUL UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)
UL UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb
GL UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb
LO UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb
GU UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb
UO UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb
GO UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb > UBBP(LO)
> UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)
Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections

NOTE
A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and
RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI
ports are as follows:
l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module
whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2 connects
to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board.
l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are connected
to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI cables for RRU
0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on the baseband
processing board.
l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the
same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the CPRI
cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.
Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI
cable connections in typical scenarios.

Figure 3-205 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or BBU3910
is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules
is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules

is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board
is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing board
3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections for a UMTS Base Station

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a UMTS base station.
Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a UMTS base station
in typical scenarios.


Configuration n of Cable
Principle and Connectio
Networking ns
Principle
BBU390 The UBBP(U)a is CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be Figure

0 preferentially connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP 3-209
configured. or WBBP in slot 2 or 3. The CPRI cables shows the
Alternatively, the for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to CPRI cable
WBBP can be the CPRI ports on the same UBBP or connections
configured. WBBP. .
BBU391 Only the UBBP(U) The CPRI cables for RF modules can be
0 can be configured as connected to the CPRI ports on the UBBP
the baseband (U) in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI cables
processing board. for RFUs and RRUs can be connected to
the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.
a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode.
working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes

Mode of
an RF
module


Mode of
an RF
module

NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-209 CPRI cable connections in a UMTS base station configured with the UBBP in the
BBU3900 or BBU3910

3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD Base
Stations
This section describes the CPRI cable connections for LTE FDD and LTE TDD base stations.
Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for LTE FDD and LTE
TDD base stations in typical scenarios.
BB Ba Board CPRI Cable Connection Illustration of

U se Configuration Principle Cable
Sta Principle and Connections
tio Networking
n Principle
Ty
pe
BB LT The UBBP(L)a is The CPRI cables for RF Figure 3-210

U39 E preferentially modulesb can be connected to shows the CPRI
00 FD configured. the CPRI ports on the UBBP or cable connections.
D Alternatively, the LBBP in any of slots 0 to 5. The
bas LBBP can be CPRI cables for RFUs and
e configured. RRUs can be connected to the
stat CPRI ports on the same UBBP
ion or LBBP.
The LPMP and UBBP The LPMP is directly l Scenario 1:

(L) or LBBP are connected to RF modules using Figure 3-212
configured. fiber optic cables, and is shows the CPRI
connected to the baseband cable
processing board through a connections.
backplane. l Scenario 2:
l Scenario 1: Three RF Figure 3-213
modules are connected to shows the CPRI
three ports on an LPMP, cable
respectively. connections.
l Scenario 2: The two RF
modules serving the same
cell are cascaded, and the
three second-level RF
modules are connected to
three ports on an LPMP,
respectively.


tio Networking
n Principle
Ty
pe
LT The UBBP(T) is l The CPRI cables for RRUs Figure 3-211

E preferentially can be connected to the shows the CPRI
TD configured. CPRI ports on the UBBP(T) cable connections.
D Alternatively, the or LBBP in any of slots 0 to
bas LBBP can be 5. LTE TDD base stations
e configured. support only RRUs.
stat
ion
BB LT Only the UBBP(L) The CPRI cables for RF Figure 3-210

U39 E can be configured as modulesb can be connected to shows the CPRI
10 FD the baseband the CPRI ports on the UBBP(L) cable connections.
D processing board. in any of slots 0 to 5. The CPRI
bas cables for RFUs and RRUs can
e be connected to the CPRI ports
stat on the same UBBP(L).
ion
The LPMP and UBBP The LPMP is directly l Scenario 1:
(L) or LBBP are connected to RF modules using Figure 3-212
configured. fiber optic cables, and is shows the CPRI
connected to the baseband cable
processing board through a connections.
backplane. l Scenario 2:
l Scenario 1: Three RF Figure 3-213
modules are connected to shows the CPRI
three ports on an LPMP, cable
respectively. connections.
l Scenario 2: The two RF
modules serving the same
cell are cascaded, and the
three second-level RF
modules are connected to
three ports on an LPMP,
respectively.
LT Only the UBBP(T) l The CPRI cables for RRUs Figure 3-211
E can be configured as can be connected to the shows the CPRI
TD the baseband CPRI ports on the UBBP(T) cable connections.
D processing board. in any of slots 0 to 5. LTE
bas TDD base stations support
e only RRUs.
stat
ion


tio Networking
n Principle
Ty
pe
a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE FDD mode. The UBBP(T)
in this section is a UBBP working in LTE TDD mode.

Mode of
an RF
module


NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-210 CPRI cable connections in an LTE FDD base station configured with the UBBP
in the BBU3900 or BBU3910

Figure 3-211 CPRI cable connections in an LTE TDD base station configured with the UBBP
in the BBU3900 or BBU3910
Figure 3-212 CPRI cable connections in a base station configured with one LPMP and three RF
modules

Figure 3-213 CPRI cable connections in a base station configured with one LPMP and six RF
modules
3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U base stations.
Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U
base stations in typical scenarios.


U se Configuration and Principle Cable
Sta Networking Connections
tio Principle
n
BB G* l The CPRI MUX l When the UBBP(U)a and Figure 3-214

U39 U feature is used by UBBP(G) are configured, shows the CPRI
00 bas default. any of UBBP boards can be cable connections
e l The UBBP is used to provide CPRI ports when the UBBP(U)
stat preferentially for connecting to RF and UBBP(G) are
ion configured. The modules. configured.
UBBP can serve l If the UBBP(U) and UBRIb
either as the are configured, only the
converging part to UBRIb can be used to
provide CPRI provide CPRI ports for
ports for connecting to RF modules.
connecting to RF
l If the UBBP(G) and
modules or as the
WBBPf are configured,
converged party.
either of them can be used
The peer board can
to provide CPRI ports for
be a UBBP,
connecting to RF modules.
WBBPf, or
UBRIb. l If the UBRIb and WBBPf
are configured, only the
l If the UBBP is not
UBRIb can be used to
configured, the
provide CPRI ports for
WBBPf and
UBRIb are
required. l RF modules work in modes
including GSM mode can
connect to the UBBP in any
of slots 0 to 3 by using CPRI
cables.
l RF modules work in modes
including UMTS mode can
connect to the UBBP in slot
2 or 3 by using CPRI cables.


tio Principle
n
GU l The dual-star When the dual-star topology is Figure 3-215

bas topology is used by used, the cable connection shows the CPRI
e default. principles are as follows: cable connections
stat l The UBBP is when the dual-star
l RF modulesb working in
ion optionally topology is used.
GU mode connect to the
configured. baseband processing boards Figure 3-216
l When a GU base or baseband interface shows the CPRI
station configured boards working in GSM and cable connections
with both RFUs UMTS modes. when the CPRI
and RRUs working MUX feature is
l When a GU base station
in modes including used and the UBBP
configured with both RFUs
GSM mode, the is configured.
and RRUs working in
BBU must be modes including GSM
configured with mode, the RFUs and RRUs
the GTMUb. working in GSM mode
connect to the GTMUb and
UBRI boards, respectively.
When the CPRI MUX feature
is used, the cable connection
principles are as follows:
l If the UBBP is configured,
the UBBP(U) can serve as
the converging party to
connecting to RF modules,
and the UBBP(U) must be
installed in slot 2 or 3.
configured, the WBBPf can
serve as the converging
party to provide CPRI ports
for connecting to RF
modules.


tio Principle
n
BB G* l The CPRI MUX There is no constraints on the Figure 3-214

U39 U feature is used by slots for installing UBBP shows the CPRI
10 bas default. boards serving as the cable connections.
e l Only the UBBP converging and converged
stat can be configured parties. The UBBP in any of
ion as the baseband slots 0 to 5 can provide CPRI
processing board. ports for connecting to RF
modules.
l RRU3004 and
DRFU modules
cannot connect to
the BBU3910.
GU l The dual-star When the dual-star topology is Figure 3-217

bas topology is used by used, the cable connection shows the cable
e default. principles are as follows: connections when
stat l Only the UBBP UBBP is used and
l RF modulesb working in
ion can be configured enabled with the
GU mode connect to the
as the baseband dual-star topology
baseband processing boards
processing board. or baseband interface Figure 3-218
l RRU3004 and boards working in GSM and shows the cable
DRFU modules UMTS modes. connections when
cannot connect to UBBP and
l When a GU base station
the BBU3910. GTMUb is used
and enabled with
and RRUs working in
the dual-star
modes including GSM
topology
mode, the RFUs and RRUs
working in GSM mode Figure 3-216
connect to the GTMUb and shows the cable
UBRI boards, respectively. connections when
UBBP is used and
enabled with the
is used, the UBBP(U) can serve
CPRI_MUX
as the converging party to
feature.
connecting to RF modules, and
the UBBP(U) must be installed
in slot 0 or 3.
a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode. The UBBP(G) in
this section is a UBBP working in GSM mode.


Mode of
an RF
module
In addition to the preceding principles, there are some common principles, as described as
follows:
l When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules
working in GSM mode and RF modules working in UMTS mode can be connected to the
CPRI ports on the same UBBP.
l In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be
cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded.
In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in the
same mode.
In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in GO,
UO, and GU mode.


NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-214 CPRI cable connections in a G*U base station configured with the BBU3900 or
BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Figure 3-215 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the BBU3900 and
enabled with the dual-star topology
Figure 3-216 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the

Figure 3-217 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the
BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology
Figure 3-218 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP and
GTMUb in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology
3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base stations.
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base
stations in typical scenarios.


tio Principle
n
BB G* l The CPRI MUX l When the UBBP(L)a and Figure 3-219

U39 L feature is used by UBBP(G) are configured, shows the CPRI
00 bas default. any of UBBP boards can be cable connections
e l The UBBP is used to provide CPRI ports when the UBBP(L)
stat preferentially for connecting to RF and UBBP(G) are
ion configured. The modules. configured.
UBBP can serve l If the UBBP(L) and UBRIb
either as the are configured, only the
converging part to UBRIb can be used to
provide CPRI provide CPRI ports for
ports for connecting to RF modules.
connecting to RF
l If the UBBP(G) and LBBPd
modules or as the
are configured, either of
converged party.
them can be used to provide
The peer board can
CPRI ports for connecting
be a UBBP,
to RF modules.
LBBPd, or UBRIb.
l If the UBBP is not l If the UBRIb and LBBPd
configured, the are configured, only the
LBBPd and UBRIb can be used to
UBRIb are provide CPRI ports for
required. The connecting to RF modules.
UBRIb must be l RF modules work in modes
configured in slot 0 including GSM mode can
or 1, and at least connect to the UBBP in any
one LBBPd is of slots 0 to 3 by using CPRI
configured in slots cables.
2 and 3.
l RF modules work in modes
including LTE mode can
connect to the UBBP in any
of slots 0 to 5 by using CPRI
cables.
l The load sharing topology
can be used. If the UBRIb
and LBBPd are not
configured, one CPRI cable
for a dual-mode RF module
is connected to the
baseband processing board
and the other one is
connected to the baseband
interface board whose


tio Principle
n
working mode is different

from that of the baseband
processing board.
GL l The dual-star When the dual-star topology is Figure 3-220

l RF modulesb working in GL
mode simultaneously
configured. connect to the baseband Figure 3-221
l When a GU base processing boards or shows the CPRI
station configured baseband interface boards cable connections
with both RFUs working in GSM and LTE when the CPRI
and RRUs working modes. MUX feature is
in modes including used and the UBBP
l When a GL base station
GSM mode, the is configured.
BBU must be and RRUs working in
configured with modes including GSM
the GTMUb. mode, the RFUs and RRUs
working in GSM mode
connect to the GTMUb and
UBRI boards, respectively.
the UBBP(L) can serve as
the converging party to
connecting to RF modules,
and the UBBP(L) must be
installed in slot 2 or 3.
configured, the LBBPd can
serve as the converging
party to provide CPRI ports
for connecting to RF
modules.


tio Principle
n
BB G* l The CPRI MUX There is no constraints on the Figure 3-219

U39 L feature is used by slots for installing UBBP shows the CPRI
modules.
l RRU3004 and
DRFU modules
cannot connect to
the BBU3910.
GL l The dual-star When the dual-star topology is Figure 3-222

stat l Only the UBBP when the dual-star
ion can be configured topology is used
mode simultaneously
as the baseband and only the UBBP
connect to the baseband
processing board. is configured.
processing boards or
l RRU3004 and baseband interface boards Figure 3-223
DRFU modules working in GSM and LTE shows the CPRI
cannot connect to modes. cable connections
the BBU3910. when the dual-star
l When a GL base station
topology is used
and the UBBP and
and RRUs working in
GTMUb are
modes including GSM
configured.
mode, the RFUs and RRUs
working in GSM mode Figure 3-221
connect to the GTMUb and shows the CPRI
UBRI boards, respectively. cable connections
when the CPRI
MUX feature is
is used, and a UBBP(L) serves
used and the UBBP
as the converging party and
is configured.
provides CPRI ports for
connecting to RF modules, the
UBBP(L) can be installed in
any of slots 0 to 3.
a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(G) in this
section is a UBBP working in GSM mode.


Mode of
an RF
module
follows:
working in GSM mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the
same mode.
In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in GO,
LO, and GL mode.


NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-219 CPRI cable connections in a G*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or

Figure 3-220 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the BBU3900 and
Figure 3-221 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the
BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Figure 3-222 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the
Figure 3-223 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP and
GTMUb in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology
3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base stations.
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base
stations in typical scenarios.


tio Networking
n Principle
BB U* l The CPRI MUX l If the UBBP(L)a and UBBP Figure 3-224

U39 L feature is used by (U) are configured, any of shows the CPRI
00 bas default. UBBP boards can be used to cable connections
e l The UBBP is provide CPRI ports for when the UBBP(L)
stat preferentially connecting to RF modules. and UBBP(U) are
ion configured. The configured.
l If the UBBP(L) and WBBPf
UBBP can serve are configured, either of
either as the them must be used to
converging part to provide CPRI ports for
provide CPRI connecting to RF modules.
ports for
l If the UBBP(U) and LBBPd
connecting to RF
are configured, the UBBP
modules or as the
(U) or LBBPd can be used
converged party.
to provide CPRI ports for
The peer board can
be a UBBP,
LBBPd, or l RF modules work in modes
WBBPf. including UMTS mode can
connect to the UBBP in slot
2 or 3 by using CPRI cables.
configured, the
LBBPd and l RF modules work in modes
WBBPf are including LTE mode can
required. In this connect to the UBBP in any
case, the LBBPd or of slots 0 to 5 by using CPRI
WBBPf must be cables.
configured in slot 2 l The load sharing topology
or 3. can be used. If the WBBPf
and LBBPd are not
configured, one CPRI cable
for a dual-mode RF module
is connected to the
baseband processing board
and the other one is
connected to the baseband
interface board whose
working mode is different
from that of the baseband
processing board.


tio Networking
n Principle
UL l The dual-star When the dual-star topology is Figure 3-225

modes connect to the
configured. baseband processing boards Figure 3-226
l If the UBBP is not working in UMTS and LTE shows the CPRI
configured and the modes. cable connections
CPRI MUX when the CPRI
feature is used, the MUX feature is
LBBPd and used and the UBBP
WBBPf are is configured.
required. In this the UBBP(L) or UBBP(U)
case, the LBBPd or can serve as the converging
WBBPf must be party to provide CPRI ports
configured in slot 2 for connecting to RF
or 3. modules, and the UBBP(L)
or UBBP(U) must be
configured in slot 2 or 3.
configured, the LBBPd or
WBBPf can serve as the
converging party to provide
CPRI ports for connecting
to RF modules.
BB U* l The CPRI MUX There is no constraints on the Figure 3-224

U39 L feature is used by slots for installing UBBP shows the CPRI
modules.
UL l The dual-star RF modules working in GL Figure 3-227

bas topology is used by modes connects to the UBBP shows the CPRI
e default. (U) and UBBP(L) to form a cable connections.
stat l Only the UBBP dual-stat topology. The UBBP
ion can be configured can be configured in any of
as the baseband slots 0 to 5.
processing board.


tio Networking
n Principle
a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(U) in this
section is a UBBP working in UMTS mode.

Mode of
an RF
module
follows:
working in UMTS mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the

same mode.
In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in UO,
LO, and UL modes.

NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-224 CPRI cable connections in a U*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or

Figure 3-225 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the BBU3900 and
Figure 3-226 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the

Figure 3-227 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the
3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in Triple-Mode Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections in typical triple-mode base stations.
The following table describes the CPRI cable connections in typical triple-mode base stations.

Table 3-202 CPRI cable connections
BBU Base Station CPRI Cable Connection Principle Illustration of

Cable
Connections
BBU39 Separate-MPT - For details about the

00 base station CPRI cable
configured with connections of the
two BBU3900s BBU working in
l GU+L base UMTS mode, see
station 3.5.2 CPRI Cable
(BBUs not Connections for a
interconnect UMTS Base
ed) Station.
l GL+U base For details about the

station CPRI cable
(BBUs not connections of the
interconnect BBU working in LTE
ed) mode, see 3.5.3
CPRI Cable
Connections for
LTE FDD and LTE
TDD Base Stations.
For details about the
CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GU
mode, see 3.5.4
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GU and a G*U Base
Stations.
CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GL
mode, see 3.5.5
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GL and a G*L Base
Stations.
Separate-MPT l RF modules working in dual modes Figure 3-228 shows

base station are connected to the BBU by using the CPRI cable
configured with the dual-star topology. connections for a GU
two BBU3900s: l RF modules working in single +L base station in
GU+L or GL+U mode are connected to the BBU by UCIU+UMPT mode.
base station in using the single-star topology.
UCIU+UMPT
mode


Cable
Connections
Separate-MPT l RF modules working in single Figure 3-230 shows

base station mode are connected to the BBU by the CPRI cable
configured with using the single-star topology. connections in G
one BBU l It is recommended that multimode [U*L] scenarios.
l G[U*L] base RF modules working in co-MPT Figure 3-232 shows
station scenarios be connected to the BBU the CPRI cable
l G[L*T] base by using the CPRI MUX feature. connections in G
station l Multimode RF modules working in [L*T] scenarios. The
separate-MPT scenarios are CPRI cable
l U[L*T] base connections in G
station connected to the BBU by using the
dual-star topology. [L*T], U[L*T], and
l G[U*T] base G[U*T] scenarios are
station l RF modules working in LTE TDD the same as those in G
mode are connected to the BBU by [L*T] scenarios.
using the single-star topology.
These RF modules only can be
single-mode RRUs.
l RRU3961 modules that can work
in GUL mode are connected to the
WBBPf and the GTMU/GTMUb
by using the dual-star topology.


Cable
Connections
Co-MPT base l RF modules working in single Figure 3-233 shows

station mode are connected to the BBU by the CPRI cable
configured with using the single-star topology. connections in
one BBU l Dual-mode RF modules are G*U*L scenarios.
l G*U*L base connected to the BBU by using the Figure 3-234 shows
station CPRI MUX feature. the CPRI cable
l G*L*T base The CPRI cables for RF connections in
station modules working in GU and GL G*L*T scenarios.
mode are connected to the CPRI
ports on the UBRI, and the
CPRI cables for RF modules
working in UL mode are
connected to the CPRI ports on
the WBBPf.
The CPRI cables for RRU3961
modules that can work in GUL
mode are connected to the
UBRIb.
l The load sharing topology can be
used. If no baseband processing
board or baseband interface board
is configured to support the CPRI
MUX feature, CPRI cables for
multimode RF modules are
connected to baseband processing
boards or baseband interface
boards working in different modes.
Co-MPT base l RF modules working in single -

station mode are connected to the BBU by
configured with using the single-star topology.
two BBUs: l RF modules working in GL mode
G*U*L+G*U*L are connected to the UBRI in a
base station in BBU by using the single-star
UCIU+UMPT topology.
mode
l RF modules working in GU mode
are connected to the UBRI and
WBBP in a BBU by using the dual-
star topology.


Cable
Connections
BBU39 Separate-MPT - For details about the

10 base station CPRI cable
configured with connections of the
two BBU3910s BBU working in
l GU+L base UMTS mode, see
station 3.5.2 CPRI Cable
(BBUs not Connections for a
interconnect UMTS Base
ed) Station.
l GL+U base For details about the

station CPRI cable
(BBUs not connections of the
interconnect BBU working in LTE
ed) mode, see 3.5.3
CPRI Cable
Connections for
LTE FDD and LTE
TDD Base Stations.
CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GU
mode, see 3.5.4
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GU and a G*U Base
Stations.
CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GL
mode, see 3.5.5
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GL and a G*L Base
Stations.
Separate-MPT l RF modules working in dual modes Figure 3-229 shows

base station are connected to the BBU by using the CPRI cable
configured with the dual-star topology. connections for a GU
two BBU3910s: l RF modules working in single +L base station in
GU+L or GL+U mode are connected to the BBU by UMPT+UMPT
base station in using the single-star topology. mode.
UMPT+UMPT
mode


Cable
Connections
Separate-MPT l RF modules working in single Figure 3-231 shows

base station mode are connected to the BBU by the CPRI cable
configured with using the single-star topology. connections in a G
one BBU l It is recommended that multimode [U*L] base station.
l G[U*L] base RF modules working in co-MPT
station scenarios be connected to the BBU
l G[L*T] base by using the CPRI MUX feature.
station l Multimode RF modules working in
separate-MPT scenarios are
connected to the BBU by using the
dual-star topology.
l RF modules working in LTE TDD
mode are connected to the BBU by
using the single-star topology.
These RF modules only can be
single-mode RRUs.
Co-MPT base l RF modules working in single Figure 3-235 shows

station mode are connected to the BBU by the CPRI cable
configured with using the single-star topology. connections.
one BBU l The CPRI MUX feature is used for
l G*U*L base dual-mode RF modules by default.
station These RF modules connect to
corresponding UBBP boardsb in
order of prioritya.
l The load sharing topology can be
used. If no baseband processing
board or baseband interface board
is configured to support the CPRI
MUX feature, CPRI cables for
multimode RF modules are
connected to baseband processing
boards or baseband interface
boards working in different modes.
a: The priority based on the working modes of RF modules is GUL > UL > GL > LO > GU
> UO > GO. For example, RF modules working in GUL mode preferentially connect to the
BBU and then the RF modules working in UL mode connect to the BBU. RF modules working
in other modes are connected to the BBU in order of priority.
b: According to the working modes of the UBBP boards, the priorities of RF modules for
connecting to UBBP boards are listed in Table 3-203. For example, an RF module working
in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured,
the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module
connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L).


Mode of
an RF
module

NOTE
processing board.

Figure 3-228 CPRI cable connections in a GU+L base station configured with two BBU3900s
interconnected in UCIU+UMPT mode

Figure 3-229 CPRI cable connections in a GU+L base station configured with two BBU3910s
interconnected in UMPT+UMPT mode

Figure 3-230 CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station configured with one BBU3900

Figure 3-231 CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station configured with one BBU3910

Figure 3-232 CPRI cable connections in a G[L*T] base station configured with one BBU3900

Figure 3-233 CPRI cable connections in a G*U*L base station configured with one BBU3900

Figure 3-234 CPRI cable connections in a G*L*T base station configured with one BBU3900

Figure 3-235 CPRI cable connections in a G*U*L base station configured with one BBU3910
3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in typical
scenarios.
The following table describes the CPRI cable connections for a triple-mode base stations in
typical scenarios.
Table 3-204 CPRI cable connections
BBU Base CPRI Cable Connection Illustration of Cable

Station Principle Connections
BBU3900 Co-MPT l RF modules working in Figure 3-236 shows the CPRI

base dual modes are connected to cable connections.
station the BBU by using the dual-
configured star topology.
with one l RF modules working in
BBU3900: single mode are connected
G*U*L*T to the BBU by using the
base single-star topology.
station
l If the LBBP boards working
in LTE FDD and LTE TDD
modes need to be installed
in the same slot, the LBBP
working in LTE FDD mode
is preferentially installed.

BBU Base CPRI Cable Connection Illustration of Cable

Station Principle Connections
Separate- Figure 3-237 shows the CPRI

MPT base cable connections.
station
configured
with two
BBU3900
s: GU
+L*T base
station in
UMPT
+UMPT
mode
BBU3910 Co-MPT Figure 3-236 shows the CPRI

base cable connections.
station
configured
with one
BBU3900:
G*U*L*T
base
station

Mode of
an RF
module


Mode of
an RF
module

NOTE
processing board.
Figure 3-236 CPRI cable connections for a G*U*L*T base station configured with one
BBU3900 or BBU3910

Figure 3-237 CPRI cable connections for a GU+L*T base station configured with two
BBU3900s in UMPT+UMPT mode
3.6 RF Cable Connections

Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF
cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode,
dual-mode, and multimode base stations.

3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description

In terms of the number of RX and TX channels, RFUs can be classified into 1T2R RFUs and
2T2R RFUs.
RF Cable Connections for 1T2R RFUs

A single 1T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_RXB
ports. Antenna channel "a" transmits and receives signals while antenna channel "b" receives
signals only. In this case, there are two RX channels and one TX channel.
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU.
Figure 3-238 RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU
(a) transmit and receive signals channel (b) receive signals channel
Two 1T2R RFUs connect to an antenna system through their own ANT_TX/RXA port. Two
antenna channels (marked as "a") transmit and receive signals. The RX_INB port on one 1T2R
RFU interconnects with the RX_OUTA port on the other 1T2R RFU to transfer the diversity
signals received through the antenna channel.
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs.

Figure 3-239 RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs
(a) transmit and receive signals channel
Two 1T2R RFUs can be connected by using RF cables to support any of the following RX and
TX channel combinations:
l Two RX channels and two TX channels
l Two RX channels and one TX channel in scenario where multiple carriers or high carrier
power is required, or the configured frequencies exceed the maximum bandwidth supported
by the RFU
l 2x2 MIMO channels
RF Cable Connections for 2T2R RFUs

A single 2T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA port. Both
antenna channels a and b transmit and receive signals. In this case, there are two RX channels
and two TX channels and 2x2 MIMO channels can be supported.
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU.

Figure 3-240 RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU
(a) transmit and receive signals channel (b) transmit and receive signals channel
Two 2T2R RFU can be configured in a single sector, each using one antenna. In this case, there
are four RX channels and four TX channels. This configuration applies to a scenario where
multiple carriers or high carrier power is required
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs.
Figure 3-241 RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs
3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU

RF cable connections for the DRFU vary according to the positions of the DRFU and antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the DRFU with a single sector. The following
table lists the RF cable connections for the DRFU.
Table 3-206 RF cable connections for the DRFU
RFU Specifications of a Description Illustration

Model Single RFU
DRFU Two carriers with 1T2R l One carrier with See illustration 1 in
1T2R Figure 3-242.
l One carrier with
2T2R
l Two carriers with
1T2R
l Two carriers with See illustration 2 in

2T2R Figure 3-242.
l Four carriers with
1T2R
Illustration of Cable Connections
Figure 3-242 RF cable connections for the DRFU
3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU

RF cable connections for the GRFU vary according to the positions of the GRFU and antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the GRFU with a single sector. The following
table lists the RF cable connections for the GRFU.
Table 3-207 RF cable connections for the GRFU

Model Single RFU
GRFU Six carriers with 1T2R l Three carriers with See illustration 1 in
1T2R Figure 3-243.
l Three carriers with
2T2R
l Six carriers with
1T2R
l Six carriers with See illustration 2 in

2T2R Figure 3-243.
l 12 carriers with 1T2R
Figure 3-243 RF cable connections for the GRFU
3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU

RF cable connections for the WRFU vary according to the positions of the WRFU and antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFU with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFU.
Table 3-208 RF cable connections for the WRFU

Model Single RFU
WRFU Four carriers with 1T2R Four carriers with 1T2R See illustration 1 in
Figure 3-244.
l Four carriers with See illustration 2 in

2T2R Figure 3-244.
l Eight carriers with
1T2R
l 2x2 MIMO
Four carriers with 2T4R See illustration 3 in

Figure 3-244.
Figure 3-244 RF cable connections for the WRFU
3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa

RF cable connections for the WRFUa vary according to the positions of the WRFUa and antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUa with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUa.
Table 3-209 RF cable connections for the WRFUa

Model Single RFU
WRFUa Four carriers with 1T2R Four carriers with 1T2R See illustration 1 in
Figure 3-245.
l Four carriers with See illustration 2 in

2T2R Figure 3-245.
l Eight carriers with
1T2R
l 2x2 MIMO
Four carriers with 2T4R See illustration 3 in

Figure 3-245.
Figure 3-245 RF cable connections for the WRFUa
3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd

RF cable connections for the WRFUd vary according to the positions of the WRFUd and antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUd with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUd.
Table 3-210 RF cable connections for the WRFUd

Model Single RFU
WRFUd l Four carriers when Four carriers with 2T2R See illustration 1 in
MIMO is configured Figure 3-246.
l Six carriers with
2T2R when MIMO is
2T2R Figure 3-246.
not configured
l 2x2 MIMO
Six carriers with 2T4R See illustration 3 in

Figure 3-246.
Figure 3-246 RF cable connections for the WRFUd
3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe

RF cable connections for the WRFUe vary according to the positions of the WRFUe and antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUe.
Table 3-211 RF cable connections for the WRFUe

Model Single RFU
WRFUe l Four carriers when Four carriers with 2T2R See illustration 1 in
MIMO is configured Figure 3-247.
l Six carriers with
2T2R when MIMO is
2T2R Figure 3-247.
not configured
l 2x2 MIMO
Six carriers with 2T4R See illustration 3 in

Figure 3-247.
Figure 3-247 RF cable connections for the WRFUe
3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU

RF cable connections for the LRFU vary according to the positions of the LRFU and antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFU with a single sector. The following
table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFU.
Table 3-212 RF cable connections for the LRFU

Model Single RFU
LRFU One carrier with 2T2R One carrier with 2T2R See illustration 1 in
Figure 3-248.
One carrier with 4T4R See illustration 2 in

Figure 3-248.
Figure 3-248 RF cable connections for the LRFU
3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe

RF cable connections for the LRFUe vary according to the positions of the LRFUe and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFUe.

Table 3-213 RF cable connections for the LRFUe

Model Single RFU
LRFUe One carrier with 2T2R One carrier with 2T2R See illustration 1 in
Figure 3-249.
One carrier with 4T4R See illustration 2 in

Figure 3-249.
Figure 3-249 RF cable connections for the LRFUe
3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU

RF cable connections for the MRFU vary according to the positions of the MRFU and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFU with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFU.

Table 3-214 RF cable connections for the MRFU

Model Single RFU
MRFU l Six GSM carriers 1T2R See illustration 1 in

l Four UMTS carriers Figure 3-250.
l One LTE carrier 2T4R See illustration 2 in
Figure 3-250.
Figure 3-250 RF cable connections for the MRFU
3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd

RF cable connections for the MRFUd vary according to the positions of the MRFUd and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUd with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUd.

Table 3-215 RF cable connections for the MRFUd

Model Single RFU
MRFUd l Eight GSM carriers 2T2R See illustration 1 in

l Six UMTS carriers Figure 3-251.
l Two LTE carriers 4T4R See illustration 2 in
Figure 3-251.
Figure 3-251 RF cable connections for the MRFUd
3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe

RF cable connections for the MRFUe vary according to the positions of the MRFUe and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUe.

Table 3-216 RF cable connections for the MRFUe

Model Single RFU
MRFUe l Eight GSM carriers 1T2R See illustration 1 in

l Four UMTS carriers Figure 3-252.
l Two LTE carriers 2T2R See illustration 2 in
Figure 3-252.
2T4R See illustration 3 in

Figure 3-252.
Figure 3-252 RF cable connections for the MRFUe
3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd

RF cable connections for the CRFUd vary according to the positions of the CRFUd and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUd with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUd.

Table 3-217 RF cable connections for the CRFUd

Model Single RFU
CRFUd One carrier with 2T2R 2T2R See illustration 1 in

Figure 3-253.

Figure 3-253.
Figure 3-253 RF cable connections for the CRFUd
3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe

RF cable connections for the CRFUe vary according to the positions of the CRFUe and antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUe.

Table 3-218 RF cable connections for the CRFUe

Model Single RFU
CRFUe Four carriers with 2T2R 2T2R See illustration 1 in

Figure 3-254.

Figure 3-254.
Figure 3-254 RF cable connections for the CRFUe
3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration

Different models of RFUs can be configured in the same base station to expand the system
capacity or supports multimode radio access technologies (RATs). This section describes the
RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration.

Cable Connections
Table 3-219 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration
Initial Scenario Mixed Configuration Illustration

Scenario
In UMTS 3x2 mode, each In UMTS 3x6 mode, each See illustration 1 in Figure
sector is configured with one sector is configured with one 3-255.
WRFU of 40 W. This WRFU WRFU of 80 W. This WRFU
supports two UMTS carriers. supports four UMTS carriers.
In GSM S4/4/4 mode, each To support 3x5 MHz of LTE, See illustration 2 in Figure
sector is configured with one one MRFU V2 is added to 3-255.
MRFU V1 that supports four each sector. The MRFU V2
GSM carriers. and MRFU V1 are configured
to support one LTE carrier.
In GSM S8/8/8 mode, each To support GSM S8/8/8+LTE See illustration 3 in Figure
sector is configured with two 3x15 MHz, one GRFU V2 3-255.
GRFU V2 (1800 MHz). Each (1800 MHz) in each sector is
GRFU V2 (1800 MHz) replaced with one MRFUd
supports four GSM carriers. (1800 MHz). The MRFUd
(1800 MHz) works in GL
mode, supporting four GSM
carriers and one LTE carrier.

Figure 3-255 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration

Cables 4 PGND Cable
4 PGND Cable
PGND cables include PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, which ensure
grounding of cabinets and modules in the cabinets as well as safe operation of the base station
l PGND cables for cabinets are used for connecting the ground bars in the cabinets to the
ground bars at the site.
l PGND cables for modules are used for connecting the ground screws on the modules to
the ground bars in the cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PGND cable.
Figure 4-1 Exterior of a PGND cable
(1) OT terminal (2) Cord end terminal
NOTE
In most cases, PGND cables are yellow and green. When 110 V dual-live-wire power is supplied for an
APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E),
PGND cables are green.

Cables 4 PGND Cable
Description
Table 4-1 and Table 4-2 describe the PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules,
respectively.
Table 4-1 PGND cables for cabinets
Cable Cabinet Type Connector Maximum Cable

Exterior Length Specificati
ons
Illustration 1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) or Both ends use 15 m (49.21 ft) 25 mm2

BTS3900L (Ver.B) OT terminals (0.039 in.2)
cabinet (M8).
BTS3900 (Ver.C) or
BTS3900L (Ver.C)
cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.D) or Both ends use 15 m (49.21 ft) 25 mm2 or 16

BTS3900L (Ver.D) OT terminals mm2 (0.039
cabinet (M8). in.2 or 0.025
in.2)
RFC (Ver.B) Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

OT terminals (0.025 in.2)
(M6).
RFC (Ver.C) Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 25 mm2

(M6).
RFC (Ver.D) Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

(M6).
RFC (Ver.E) Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

(M6).
OMB (Ver.C) Both ends use 15 m (49.21 ft) 16 mm2

(M6).
APM30H (Ver.B) or Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

TMC11H (Ver.B) OT terminals (0.025 in.2)
(M6).
APM30H (Ver.C) or Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 25 mm2

TMC11H (Ver.C) OT terminals (0.039 in.2)
(M6).

Cables 4 PGND Cable

ons
APM30H (Ver.D) or Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

TMC11H (Ver.D) OT terminals (0.025 in.2)
IBBS20D (M6).
APM30H (Ver.E) or Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

TMC11H (Ver.E) OT terminals (0.025 in.2)
IBBS20D or (M6).
IBBS20L
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 35 mm2

cabinet OT terminals (0.054 in.2)
(M6).
IBC10 Both ends use - 25 mm2

(M8).
Illustration 1 BBU3910A3 A cable uses - 16 mm2

an OT (0.025 in.2)
terminal (M6)
to connect to
the
BBU3910A3
and an OT
terminal (M8)
to connect to
the ground bar
of the site.
Illustration 2 ODM06D A PGND - 16 mm2

cable connects (0.025 in.2)
the cord end
terminal on an
ODM06D to
an OT
terminal (M6)
on a ground
bar at the site.

Cables 4 PGND Cable
Table 4-2 PGND cables for modules

ons
Illustration 1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Both ends use 15 m (49.21 ft) 6 mm2

cabinet or BTS3900L OT terminals (0.009 in.2)
(Ver.B) cabinet (M4).
BTS3900 (Ver.C)
cabinet or BTS3900L
(Ver.C) cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
cabinet or BTS3900L
(Ver.D) cabinet
APM30H (Ver.B) Both ends use 15 m (49.21 ft) 6 mm2

IBBS200D (Ver.B) OT terminals (0.009 in.2)
(M4).
IBBS200T (Ver.B)
IBBS300D (Ver.A) Both ends use 0.3 m (0.98 ft) 6 mm2

IBBS300T (Ver.A) OT terminals (0.009 in.2)
(M4).
OMB (Ver.C) Both ends use 15 m (49.21 ft) 6 mm2

(M6).
BTS3900AL cabinet Both ends use 15 m (49.21 ft) 6 mm2

(M6).
IBC10 Both ends use - 6 mm2

(M6).
IBBS20D Both ends use 0.2 m (0.67 ft) 6 mm2

(M4).

Cables 5 Equipotential Cable
5 Equipotential Cable
Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. They ensure equipotential
bonding between cabinets and safe operation of base stations.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an equipotential cable.
Figure 5-1 Exterior of an equipotential cable
(1) OT terminal (M6)
NOTE
In most cases, equipotential cables are yellow and green. When 110 V dual-live-wire power is supplied for
an APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E),
equipotential cables are green.
Description
The following table describes equipotential cables.

Table 5-1 Equipotential cables
Cabinet Type Cable Specifications
BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinets stacked or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinets stacked or
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets stacked or
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on
the IMS06
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

the IMS06
APM30H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200T
(Ver.B), and TMC11H (Ver.B) stacked
or installed side by side
APM30H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), The cross-sectional areas of cables vary according
IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200T to the installation scenarios of cabinets.
(Ver.C), and TMC11H (Ver.C) stacked
l 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for stacked cabinets
l 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for side-by-side cabinets
APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), 16mm2

IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T
(Ver.D), IBBS700D, IBBS700T, and
TMC11H (Ver.D) stacked or installed
side by side
APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

IBBS300D (Ver.A), IBBS300T
(Ver.A), and TMC11H (Ver.D) stacked
APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.E), 16mm2

IBBS300D (Ver.A), IBBS300T
(Ver.A), and TMC11H (Ver.E) stacked
IBBS20D or IBBS20L installed side by 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

side with RRU, OPM50M, or
BBU3910A3

Cabinet Type Cable Specifications
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DC cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and
IBBS700D or IBBS700T cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and
IBBS300D or IBBS300T installed side
by side
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

TMC11H (Ver.D) installed side by side

Cables 6 Power Cables
6 Power Cables
About This Chapter
This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in BTS3900A
cabinets.
6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices

This section describes power cables for all power supply devices.
6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices

This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices.
6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices

This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices.
6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices

This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring
devices, and temperature control devices.

6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices

This section describes power cables for all power supply devices.
6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables

This section describes power cables for different models of DCDUs.
DCDU-01 Power Cable

A DCDU-01 power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-01 from power equipment. This section
describes the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is configured in
different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of the DCDU-01
power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-01 power cables.

Figure 6-1 Cable exterior
(1) OT terminal (M6) (2) Power series 120 connector
NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-01 power cable are black and blue,
respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is
configured in different cabinets.
Table 6-1 Description
Cable Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable

Exterior Specifications
See BTS3900L (Ver.B) External power equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

illustration 2), one group
1. BTS3900 (Ver.B) in -48 External power equipment
V DC scenarios


RFC (Ver.B) in DC External power equipment

scenarios
See BTS3900 (Ver.B) in +24 EPS24S48100DC in a cabinet

illustration V DC scenarios
2.
BTS3900 (Ver.B) in AC EPS4890 in a cabinet
scenarios
See RFC (Ver.B) in AC EPS 01A or EPS 01C in an

illustration scenarios APM30H
3.
DCDU-03B Power Cable

A DCDU-03B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03B from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is
configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-03B power cable is 10 m
(32.80 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a DCDU-03B power cable.
NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03B power cable are black and blue,
respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is

NOTE
When a BTS3900AL is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B is used.
No power cable is needed for a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B, which is connected to power supply
equipment using a BusBar (in an AC cabinet) or a DC junction box (in a DC cabinet).
Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable Specifications
BTS3900 (Ver.B) in DC scenarios External power 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one

(the DCDU-03B is installed on a equipment group
wall)
BTS3900L (Ver.B) (the

DCDU-03B is installed on a wall)
DBS3900 where the BBU is

installed on a wall, 19-inch rack, or
IMB03
OMB
TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a External power 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2), one

power cabinet in DC scenarios equipment group
DCDU-03C Power Cable

A DCDU-03C power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03C from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of various DCDU-03C power cables when the DCDU-03C
configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of
the DCDU-03C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-03C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-03C power cables.

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type) (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) Parallel terminal
NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03C power cable are black and blue,
respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03C power cables when a DCDU-03C is
Cable Base Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable

Exterior Station Specifications
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, 4 mm2 (0.006 in.
illustrati or DBS3900 serving as a EPS 01B, or EPS 01D 2), one group
on 1. transmission in an APM30H
cabinet in AC
scenarios

Cable Base Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable

Exterior Station Specifications
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.B) DCDU-01 in an RFC 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.
illustrati serving as a power 2), one group
on 2. cabinet in DC
scenarios
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.B) External power 4 mm2 (0.006 in.

illustrati or DBS3900 serving as a equipment 2), one group
on 3. transmission
cabinet in DC
scenarios
DCDU-11A Power Cable

A DCDU-11A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11A from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11A power cables when the DCDU-11A
is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of
the DCDU-11A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-11A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11A power cables.

NOTE
When a DCDU-11A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or RFC (Ver.C), colors of the wires in a DCDU-11A
power cable vary depending on the region as follows:
l In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.
l In other regions, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-11A power cables when a DCDU-11A is

See BTS3900L (Ver.C) External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

illustration 1. equipment one group; or 16


BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC External power mm2 (0.025 in.2), two

scenarios equipment group
See BTS3900 (Ver.C) in AC ETP48150-A3 in a 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),

illustration 2. scenarios cabinet one group
See RFC (Ver.C) l EPU03A-02 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),

illustration 3. EPU03A-04 in an one group
APM30H in AC
scenarios
l External power
equipment in DC
scenarios
The power from the
preceding power
equipment is
transferred by the DC
junction box in an RFC.

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11B power cables when the DCDU-11B
is configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-11B power cable is 10 m
(32.80 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of DCDU-11B power cables.

NOTE
When a DCDU-11B is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C), colors of the wires in a
DCDU-11B power cable vary depending on the region as follows:
l In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding
figure.
Description
The following table describes the specifications of DCDU-11B power cables when a DCDU-11B
is configured in different cabinets.
NOTE
Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable

Specifications
BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC scenarios (the External power 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),

DCDU-11B is installed on a wall or in a equipment one group
cabinet)
BTS3900L (Ver.C) (the DCDU-11B is

installed on a wall or in a cabinet)
DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a

wall, 19-inch rack, or IMB03
TMC11H (Ver.C) External power 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2),

equipment one group

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11C power cables when the DCDU-11C
configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of
the DCDU-11C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-11C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11C power cables.

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type) (2) OT terminal (M6)
NOTE
Colors of wires in a DCDU-11C power cable vary depending on regions as follows:

l In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding
figure.

Description
The following table describes DCDU-11C power cables.
Cable Base Cabinet Type Power Cable

Exterior Station Equipment Specifications
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2),

illustration 1. or DBS3900 serving as a EPU03A-04, one group
transmission cabinet EPU03A-03,
in AC scenarios or
EPU03A-05
in an
APM30H
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.C) DCDU-11A 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

illustration 2. serving as a power in an RFC (the 2), one group
cabinet in DC power from
scenarios this power
equipment is
transferred by
the DC
junction box)
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.C) External 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2),

illustration 3. or DBS3900 serving as a power one group
transmission cabinet equipment
in DC scenarios

A DCDU-12A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12A from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12A power cables when DCDU-12As are
configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of a
DCDU-12A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
DCDU-12A power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the
exteriors of various DCDU-12A power cables.

Figure 6-7 Exteriors of cables
NOTE
When a DCDU-12A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.D), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12A
power cable vary depending on regions as follows:
l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding
figure.
l In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12A power cables when DCDU-12As are

Table 6-7 Cable description
Cable Cabinet Power Equipment Cable Specifications

Exteri Type
or
Illustra BTS3900L External power equipment 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one
tion 1 (Ver.D) DC group; 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
cabinet for two groups
BTS3900 External power equipment
(Ver.D) DC
cabinet
BTS3012AE External power equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two

(Ver.D_Z) groups
DC cabinet
Illustra BTS3900L EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900L 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one

tion 2 (Ver.D) AC cabinet group
cabinet
BTS3900 EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900 cabinet 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one

(Ver.D) AC group
cabinet
BTS3012AE EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one

(Ver.D_Z) BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet group
AC cabinet
Illustra RFC (Ver.D) External power equipment or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one
tion 3 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an group
APM30H (The power from power
equipment is transferred by the DC
junction box in an RFC.)

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12B power cables when DCDU-12Bs are
DCDU-12B power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).
Exterior
DCDU-12B power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the
exteriors of various DCDU-12B power cables.

NOTE
When a DCDU-12B is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet, RFC (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.E), APM30H
(Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12B power
cable vary depending on regions as follows:
figure.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12B power cables when DCDU-12Bs are
NOTE
Cable Cabinet Type Power Cable Specifications

Exterior Equipment
Illustratio BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group;
n1 cabinet equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups
BTS3900L (Ver.D) External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group;
equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups
TMC11H (Ver.D) External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group;
equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups

Cable Cabinet Type Power Cable Specifications

Exterior Equipment
RFC (Ver.D) in a DC External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group;
scenario equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups
RFC (Ver.E) in a DC External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group;
scenario equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups
BTS3012AE External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group;

(Ver.D_Z) DC cabinet equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups
DBS3900 where a External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group;
BBU is installed on a equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two groups
wall, or where a 19-
inch rack or IMB03 is
installed
Illustratio RFC (Ver.D) in an AC EPU05A-02 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group
n2 scenario EPU05A-04 in an
APM30H
RFC (Ver.E) in an AC EPU05A-06 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

scenario EPU05A-08 in an
APM30H
BTS3012AE EPU05A-02 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

(Ver.D_Z) AC cabinet EPU05A-04
BTS3900L (Ver.D) EPU05A-02 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one group

AC cabinet
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-03 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

EPU05A-05 in an
APM30H
APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-07 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

EPU05A-09 in an
APM30H

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12C power cables when DCDU-12Cs are
DCDU-12C power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).
Exterior
DCDU-12C power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the
exteriors of various DCDU-12C power cables.

(1) EPC4 connector (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) OT terminal (M8)
NOTE
DCDU-12C power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of
various DCDU-12C power cables.
figure.
l In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12C power cables when DCDU-12Cs are

Illustration Base Cabinet Type Power Cable

Station Equipment Specifications
Illustration 1 BTS3900A l Transmissio EPU05A-02, 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for

or DBS3900 n cabinet EPU05A-03, one group
TMC11H EPU05A-04,
(Ver.D) in an EPU05A-06,
AC scenario EPU05A-07,
l Transmissio EPU05A-08,
n cabinet EPU05A-09, or
TMC11H EPU05A-05 in
(Ver.E) in an an APM30H
AC scenario
BTS3900AL Transmission DCDU-12C in 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for

cabinet the equipment one group
TMC11H compartment in
(Ver.D) or a BTS3900AL
TMC11H AC cabinet
(Ver.E)
Illustration 2 BTS3900A l Transmissio External power 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for

or DBS3900 n cabinet equipment one group
TMC11H
(Ver.D) in a
DC scenario
l Transmissio
n cabinet
TMC11H
(Ver.E) in a
DC scenario
DBS3900 IBC10 External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for

equipment one group; 16 mm2
(0.025 in.2) for two
groups
BTS3012AE BTS3012AE External power 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for

(Ver.D_Z) DC equipment one group
cabinet

Illustration Base Cabinet Type Power Cable

Station Equipment Specifications
Illustration 3 BTS3900A l Power External power 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for

cabinet equipment (The one group
TMC11H power from this
(Ver.D) in a power
DC scenario equipment is
l Power transferred by
cabinet the DC junction
TMC11H box in an RFC.)
(Ver.E) in a
DC scenario
BTS3900AL BTS3900AL PDU03D-01 or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for

(Ver.A)a AC ETP48400 in a one group
cabinet cabinet
Illustration 4 BTS3900AL BTS3900AL PDU03D-01 in l DCDU-12C in the

(Ver.A) DC a cabinet equipment
cabinet compartment: 16
mm2 (0.025 in.2) for
one group
l DCDU-12C in the
RF compartment:
25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)
for one group
a: This DCDU-12C refers to the one in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
AC cabinet. The DCDU-12C in the RF compartment is power-fed by a BusBar.

A DCDU-13A power cable feeds DC power from power equipment into the DCDU-13A on the
left inside an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet. This section describes the specifications of DCDU-13A
power cables connecting different power equipment.
Exterior
The DCDU-13A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-13A power cables.

NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-13A power cable are black and
blue, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-13A power cables.
Cable Cabinet Power Equipment Cable Specifications

Exteri Type
or
See RFC External power equipment 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

illustra (Ver.D_A) in group; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
tion 1. DC scenarios 2), two group
See RFC EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one

illustra (Ver.D_A) in cabinet group
tion 2. AC scenarios
Power Cable Between Cascaded DCDU-13As

The power cable connecting two DCDU-13As in an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet feeds DC power
from the left DCDU-13A into the right one. This section describes the specifications of the power
cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.
(1) OT terminal
Description
The following table lists the specifications of the power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.
RFC (Ver.D_A) Left DCDU-13A in the cabinet 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group
6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables

This section describes power cables for different models of EPUs, EPSs, and ETPs.
EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable

An EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an
APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum
length of an EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The color and number of wires in EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables differ. The following
figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables.
NOTE
The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally,
the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Description
The following table describes EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables.
Cable Cable Wire Wire Color Cable

See illustration EPS 01A power L1 Brown 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)
1. cable in the 220
V AC three- L2 Black
phase scenario L3 Gray
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow
See illustration EPS 01A power L Brown 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

2. cable in the 220
V AC single- N Blue
phase scenario PE Green and
yellow
See illustration EPS 01C power L1 Black 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

3. cable
L2 Red
N White
PE Green
EPS 01B or EPS 01D Power Cable

An EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an
APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum
length of an EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The color and number of wires in EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables differ. The following
figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables.
NOTE

Description
The following table describes EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables.

See illustration EPS 01B L1 Brown 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.

1. power cable in 2)
the 220 V AC L2 Black
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow
See illustration EPS 01B L Brown 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

2. power cable in
the 220 V AC N Blue
single-phase PE Green and
scenario yellow
See illustration EPS 01D L1 Black 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

3. power cable
L2 Red
N White
PE Green
EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 Power Cable

An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in
an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base station.
The maximum length of an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The color and number of wires in EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables differ. The
following figure shows the exteriors of EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables.
NOTE

Description
The following table describes EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables.

See illustration EPU03A-02 L1 Brown 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

1. power cable in
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow
See illustration EPU03A-02 L Brown 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

2. power cable in
the 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow
See illustration EPU03A-04 L1 Black 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

3. power cable
L2 Red
N White
PE Green

an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The
maximum length of an EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
NOTE

Description


1. power cable in
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow

2. power cable in
the 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow

3. power cable
L2 Red
N White
PE Green

an APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base station.
The maximum length of an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
NOTE

Description
Cable Exterior Cable Wire Wire Cable

Color Specifications
See illustration 1. EPU05A-02 L1 Brown 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

power cable in
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue

Cable Exterior Cable Wire Wire Cable

Color Specifications
PE Green and
yellow
See illustration 2. EPU05A-02 L Brown 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

power cable in 2)
the 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow
See illustration 3. EPU05A-04 L1 Black 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

power cable 2)
L2 Red
N White
PE Green

an APM30H (Ver.D). An APM30H (Ver.D) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum
length of an EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
NOTE

Description


1. power cable in
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow

2. power cable in
the 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow

3. power cable
L2 Red
N White
PE Green

An EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable feeds AC power from external power equipment
into the power system of an APM30H (Ver.E) in a BTS3900A. The maximum length of an
EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The colors and number of wires in an EPU05A-06 are different from those in an EPU05A-08
power cable. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-06 and EPU05A-08 power
cables.
NOTE

Description
Cable Exterior Cable Wire Wire Color Cable

Specifications
Illustration 1 EPU05A-06 L1 Brown 6 mm2 (0.009 in.

power cable in a 2)
220 V AC three- L2 Black
phase scenario L3 Gray
N wire Blue


Specifications
PE Green and
yellow
Illustration 2 EPU05A-06 L Brown 25 mm2 (0.039

power cable in a in.2)
220 V AC N wire Blue
single-phase PE wire Green and
scenario yellow
Illustration 3 EPU05A-08 L1 Black 25 mm2 (0.039

power cable in.2)
L2 Red
N wire White
PE wire Green

An EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 power cable feeds AC power from external power equipment
into the power system of an APM30H (Ver.E) in a DBS3900. The maximum length of an
EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The colors and number of wires in an EPU05A-07 are different from those in an EPU05A-09
power cable. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-07 and EPU05A-09 power
cables.
NOTE

Description

Illustration 1 EPU05A-07 L1 wire Brown 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

power cable in
a 220 V AC L2 wire Black
three-phase L3 wire Gray
scenario
N wire Blue


PE wire Green and

yellow
Illustration 2 EPU05A-07 L wire Brown 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

power cable in
a 220 V AC N wire Blue
single-phase PE wire Green and
scenario yellow
Illustration 3 EPU05A-09 L1 wire Black 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

power cable
L2 wire Red
N wire White
PE wire Green
ETP48100-A1 Power Cable

An ETP48100-A1 power cable feeds external AC power into an ETP48100-A1 from a
PDU10D-01 after the AC power is converted by a surge protective device (SPD).
The cross-sectional area of the wires of an ETP48100-A1 power cable is 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2), as
shown in the following figure.
(1) Cord end terminal (2) OT terminal (M4)
EPS30-4815AF Power Cable

An EPS30-4815AF power cable feeds power into an IMB03 AC cabinet. The maximum length
of an EPS30-4815AF power cable is 6 m (19.69 ft).
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS30-4815AF power cable. The cross-sectional
area of the wire is 1 mm 2 (0.002 in.2).

NOTE
EPS4890 Power Cable

An EPS4890 power cable feeds AC power into cabinets. EPS4890 power cables are used in the
BTS3900 (Ver.B) AC cabinet and DBS3900 (ICR) cabinet. By using different power systems,
a cabinet can support power inputs of 220 V AC single-phase and 220 V AC three-phase. The
maximum length of an EPS4890 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The wires in an EPS4890 power cable vary depending on the power input type. The following
figure shows the power exteriors of EPS4890 power cables.
NOTE

Description
The following table describes EPS4890 power cables.
Cable Cabinet Cable Wire Wire Color Cable

Exterior Type Specificatio
ns
See l BTS390 EPS4890 L1 Yellow 2.5 mm2

illustration 0 power cable (0.004 in.2)
1. (Ver.B) in the 220 V L2 Green
in AC AC three- L3 Red
scenario phase
s scenario N Blue
l IMB03
cabinet
in the
DBS390
0 (ICR)
scenario

Cable Cabinet Cable Wire Wire Color Cable

Exterior Type Specificatio
ns
See l BTS390 EPS4890 L Brown 6 mm2 (0.009

illustration 0 power cable in.2)
2. (Ver.B) in the 220 V N Blue
in AC AC single-
scenario phase
s scenario
l IMB03
cabinet
in the
DBS390
0 (ICR)
scenario
EPS24S48100DC Power Cable

An EPS24S48100DC power cable feeds +24 V DC power into cabinets. EPS24S48100DC
power cables are used in the following cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.B) (+ 24 V DC), APM30H
(Ver.B) (+ 24 V), and DBS3900 (ICR). The maximum length of an EPS24S48100DC power
cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS24S48100DC power cable.
Description
The following table describes EPS24S48100DC power cables.

Wire Wire Color Cable Specifications
RTN(+) Red 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two

groups
NEG(-) Black
ETP48400 Power Cable

An ETP48400 power feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 and ETP48400 in a BTS3900AL
AC cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48400 power cable.
(1) OT terminal (M6) (2) Cord end terminal
Description
The following table describes an ETP48400 power cable.
Cable Wire Wire Color Cable

Specifications
ETP48400 power L Brown 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

cable
N Blue
ETP48150-A3 Power Cable

An ETP48150-A3 power cable feeds external AC power into a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet. The
maximum length of an ETP48150-A3 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior
A BTS3900 cabinet can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 220 V AC three-phase
power. The number of wires in an ETP48150-A3 power cable depends on the power system
where the ETP48150-A3 is used. The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48150-A3
power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario as an example.
Description
The following table describes ETP48150-A3 power cables.

See illustration ETP48150-A3 L1 Brown 4 mm2 (0.006 in.

1. power cable in 2)
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue
See illustration ETP48150-A3 L Blue 16 mm2 (0.025

2. power cable in in.2)
N Brown


the 220 V AC PE Green and yellow

single-phase
scenario
6.1.3 PDU Power Cables

This section describes power cables for different models of PDUs.
PDU10D-01 Power Cable

A PDU10D-01 power cable feeds power from power equipment into a PDU10D-01. The
maximum length of a PDU10D-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
PDU10D-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure shows
the exteriors of various PDU10D-01 power cables.
NOTE

(1) OT terminal (M6) (2) OT terminal (M4)
Description
The following table describes PDU10D-01 power cables.
Cable Cabinet Power Equipment Wire Wire Cable

Exterior Type Color Specificatio
ns
See OMB (Ver.C) External power RTN(+) Black 4 mm2 (0.006

illustration in DC equipment in.2)
1. scenarios NEG(-) Blue
See OMB (Ver.C) ETP48100-A1 in a RTN(+) Black 16 mm2 (0.025

illustration in AC cabinet in.2)
2. scenarios NEG(-) Blue
See OMB (Ver.C) External power L Brown 4 mm2 (0.006

illustration in AC equipment in the 220 in.2)
3. scenarios V AC single-phase N Blue
scenario PE Green
and
yellow

PDU05A-01 Power Cable

A PDU05A-01 power cable feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC cabinet.
A PDU05A-01 supports 220 V AC single-phase, 220 V AC three-phase, and 110 V AC dual-
live-wire. The maximum length of a PDU05A-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The number of wires in a PDU05A-01 power cable varies depending on the power supplies. The
following figure shows the exteriors of various PDU05A-01 power cables.
NOTE
The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally, the
cables must comply with local rules and regulations.
(1) Cord end terminal
Description
The following table describes PDU05A-01 power cables.


Specifications
See illustration PDU05A-01 L1 Brown 10 mm2 (0.016

three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue
PE Green and
yellow
See illustration PDU05A-01 L Brown 35 mm2 (0.054

the 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow
See illustration PDU05A-01 L1 Black 35 mm2 (0.054

the 110 V dual- L2 Red
live-wire N White
scenario
PE Green
PDU03D-01 Power Cable

A PDU03D-01 power cable feeds power from a BTS3900AL AC cabinet or external power
cabinet into a BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
Exterior
PDU03D-01 power cables vary depending on the power supplies. The following figure shows
various PDU03D-01 power supplies.

(1) OT terminal (M6) (2) OT terminal (M8) (3) Power series 120 connector
NOTE
Colors of wires in a PDU03D-01 power cable vary depending on regions as follows:

Description
The following table describes PDU03A-01 power cables.
Cable Exterior Power Equipment Cable Specifications
See illustration 1. Busbar in a 25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), two groups, LSZHa

BTS3900AL AC
cabinet

Cable Exterior Power Equipment Cable Specifications
See illustration 2. LOAD2 terminal in a 25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), one group, LSZHb

BTS3900AL AC
cabinet
See illustration 3. External power 25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), three groups, LSZHc

equipment
a: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, one group of 70 mm2 (0.108 in.
2) PVC power cables or two groups of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) PVC power cables that are locally
purchased can be the substitutes.

b: If the preceding power cable is not delivered by default, one group of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
2) PVC power cables that are locally purchased can be the substitute.
c: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, the PVC power cables that are
locally purchased and meet the requirements in both a and b can be the substitutes.
6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices

This section describes power cables for other power supply devices.
Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

The power cable for an AC junction box feeds AC power into the AC junction box from power
equipment. The AC power is then converted by the AC junction box into four AC outputs, which
are provided for other components such as the heater or heating film. This section also describes
the specifications of power cables for AC junction boxes in different cabinets.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of power cables for AC junction boxes.
NOTE

(1) OT terminal (M4) (2) Cord end terminal
NOTE
The L wire is brown and the N wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes power cables for AC junction boxes.

Illustration APM30H (Ver.B), EPS 01, EPU03A, or EPU05A 1.5 mm2 (0.0023
1 APM30H (Ver.C), in.2)
APM30H (Ver.D), or
APM30H (Ver.E)
TMC11H (Ver.B), EPS 01, EPU03A, or EPU05A 1.5 mm2 (0.0023

TMC11H (Ver.C), in an APM30H (feeding power in.2)
TMC11H (Ver.D), or into the AC junction box in the
TMC11H (Ver.E) APM30H)


IBBS700D or EPU05A in an APM30H 1.5 mm2 (0.0023

IBBS700T (Ver.D) (feeding power into in.2)
the AC junction box in the
APM30H)
Illustration BTS3900AL AC PDU05A-01 2.5 mm2 (0.004

2 cabinet in.2)
Illustration BTS3900AL DC PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL 2.5 mm2 (0.004

3 cabinet AC cabinet (feeding power in.2)
into the AC junction box in the
BTS3900AL AC cabinet)
IBBS700D or PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL 2.5 mm2 (0.004

IBBS700T AC cabinet (feeding power in.2)
into the AC junction box in the
BTS3900AL AC cabinet)
IBBS300D EPU05A in an APM30H 2.5mm2

(Ver.D) or APM30H (Ver.E)
(feeding power into the AC
junction box in the APM30H)
Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box

Power cables for a power distribution box include the power cable between power equipment
to the power distribution box in a battery cabinet (IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS20D,
IBBS700D, or IBBS700T) and power cable between the cascaded power distribution boxes in
two battery cabinets.
Exterior
Power cables for power distribution boxes vary according to power equipment. The following
figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.

(1) Power series 120 connector (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) Power series 175 connector
(4) OT terminal (M8) (5) EPC5 connector -

NOTE
The colors of power cables for a power distribution box in an IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D),
IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS700D, or IBBS700T vary depending on regions as follows:
l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the preceding
figure.
Description
The following table describes the power cables for power distribution boxes.
Cable Exterior Cabinet Type Power Cable Specifications

Equipment
Illustration 1 IBBS200D (Ver.B) EPS01A, EPS01B, 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

or IBBS200T EPS01C, or
(Ver.B) EPS01D in an
APM30H (Ver.B)
Illustration 2 IBBS200D (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

or IBBS200T EPU03A-03,
(Ver.C) EPU03A-04, or
EPU03A-05 in an
APM30H (Ver.C)
Illustration 3 IBBS200D (Ver.D) EPU05A-02, 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), 3436

(Ver.D) EPU05A-04, or
EPU05A-05 in an
APM30H (Ver.D)
IBBS200D (Ver.E) l EPU05A-06, 50 mm2 (0.078 in.2), 3436

(Ver.E) EPU05A-08, or
EPU05A-09 in
an APM30H
(Ver.E)
l Power
distribution box
in an IBBS200D
(Ver.E) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.E)

Cable Exterior Cabinet Type Power Cable Specifications

Equipment
Illustration 3 IBBS700D or l EPU05A-02, 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), 3436

IBBS700T EPU05A-03,
EPU05A-04, or
EPU05A-05 in
an APM30H
(Ver.D)
l ETP48400 in a
BTS3900AL
cabinet
l TP48600A
Illustration 4 IBBS20D l OPM50M 10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)

l ETP48100-A1
in an OMB
(Ver.C)
Illustration 5 IBBS20D ETP48100-B1 in an 10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)

IMB03
Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC

A power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC feeds -48 V DC power into the DC junction
box in an RFC.
Exterior
Depending on the power supply supported by an RFC, there are three types of power cables for
the DC junction box in an RFC. The following figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.

(1) OT terminal (M6) (2) Power series 120 connector
NOTE
Colors of wires in a power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E) vary depending
on regions as follows:
figure.
Description
The following table describes power cables for the DC junction box in an RFC.

Cable Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable Specifications

Exterior
Illustration 1 RFC (Ver.C), External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one
RFC (Ver.D), or equipment group; 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for
RFC (Ver.E) in two groups
a DC scenario
Illustration 2 RFC (Ver.C) in EPU03A-02 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group
an AC scenario EPU03A-04 in an
APM30H (Ver.C)
Illustration 3 RFC (Ver.D) in EPU05A-02 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group
APM30H (Ver.D)
RFC (Ver.E) in EPU05A-06 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one group

APM30H (Ver.E)
Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL

The power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL connects the PDU03D-01 to the DC
junction box in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet and feeds DC power into DC junction box.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a
BTS3900AL.
Figure 6-32 Exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL

NOTE
The color of the power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL varies depending on the region.
l In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black, and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in Figure 6-32.
l In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.
Description
The following table describes a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL.
Cable Wire Cable Specifications
Power cable for the DC NEG(-): W1 and W2 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

junction box in a
BTS3900AL RTN(+): W3 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/

IBBS300Ts
The DC junction boxes in two IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts are cascaded by power cables,
including the power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts and the cascading
power cable for the fans in two IBBS300Ds or the cascading power cable for the TECs in two
IBBS300Ts.
Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts

A power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts connects the DC junction box in
one IBBS300D or IBBS300T to the DC junction box in the other IBBS300D or IBBS300T to
provide power for the second IBBS300D or IBBS300T. The following figure shows the exterior
of a power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts.
Figure 6-33 Exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
The following table lists specifications of the power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or
IBBS300Ts.

IBBS300D or DC junction box in the cabinet A group of 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

IBBS300T cables
Cascading Power Cable for the Fans or TECs

A cascading power cable for the fans or TECs connects the DC junction box in one IBBS300D
or IBBS300T to the DC junction box in the other IBBS300D or IBBS300T to provide power for
the fan or TEC in the second IBBS300D or IBBS300T. The following figure shows the exterior
of a cascading power cable for the fans or TECs.
Figure 6-34 Exterior of a cascading power cable for the fans or TECs
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
The following table lists specifications of the power cable between cascaded fans in IBBS300Ds
or cascaded TECs in IBBS300Ts.
IBBS300D or DC junction box in the cabinet One group of cables with a

IBBS300T cross-sectional area of 2.5 mm2
(0.0039 in.2)
Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets

The power distribution boxes in two IBBS20D cabinets are cascaded by a power cable, which
feeds power from one power distribution box into the other.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS20D cabinets.

NOTE
Description
The following table describes power cables between cascaded IBBS20Ds.
IBBS20D Power distribution box in the A group of cables with a

cabinet cross-sectional area of 10
mm2 (0.016 in.2)
Storage Battery Power Cable

Storage battery power cables connect storage batteries to power equipment. Storage battery
power cables include the power cable between storage batteries and the power distribution box,
power cable between storage batteries and the EPU, and copper bars between storage batteries.
Storage battery power cables are required in an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T,
IBBS20D, IBBS700D, IBBS700T, BTS3900AL cabinet, or IMS06.
NOTE
Colors of storage battery power cables vary depending on regions as follows:

l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the following
figure.
Power Cables Between Battery Packs and Power Distribution Boxes

When storage batteries are installed in an IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200D
(Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.B), IBBS200T (Ver.C), IBBS200T (Ver.D),

IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS20D, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T, storage battery power cables are those
between battery packs and power distribution boxes. The following figure shows the exteriors
of storage battery power cables between battery packs and power distribution boxes.
Figure 6-36 Exteriors of cables (1)
The following table describes storage battery power cables.

Table 6-34 Cable description (1)
Cable Exterior Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable

Specifications
Illustration 1 in l IBBS700D or Power distribution 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

Figure 6-36 IBBS700T box in a battery 2)
l IBBS200D cabinet
(Ver.C) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.C)
l IBBS200D
(Ver.D) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.D)
l IBBS200D
(Ver.E) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.E)
(connecting
storage batteries to
the power
distribution box on
the inner upper
right wall of a
cabinet)
Illustration 2 in IBBS200D (Ver.E) or Power distribution 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

Figure 6-36 IBBS200T (Ver.E) box in a battery 2)
connecting storage cabinet
batteries to the power
distribution box on the
top of a cabinet
IBBS200D (Ver.B) or Power distribution 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

IBBS200T (Ver.B) box in a battery 2)
cabinet
IBBS20D Power distribution 10 mm2 (0.016 in.

box in a battery 2)
cabinet
Power Cables Between Battery Packs and an EPU or Busbar

When storage batteries are installed in a BTS3900AL cabinet or IMS06, storage battery power
cables are those between battery packs and power equipment. The following figure shows the
exteriors of storage battery power cables between battery packs and power equipment.


Specifications
Figure 6-37 IMS06 EPU05A-02 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
BTS3900AL Busbar 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
When storage batteries are installed in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T, storage battery power cables
include power cables for the battery cabinet and power cables for battery packs. The following
figure shows the exteriors of storage battery power cables.

Cable Exterior Cable Cabinet Connection Cable

Type Specification
s
Illustration 1 in Power cables for IBBS300D From the positive 35 mm2 (0.054
Figure 6-38 battery packs or pole of a DC in.2)
IBBS300T junction box to the
corresponding
circuit breaker

Cable Exterior Cable Cabinet Connection Cable

Type Specification
s
Illustration 2 in IBBS300D From a circuit 35 mm2 (0.054

Figure 6-38 or breaker to the in.2)
IBBS300T positive pole of the
battery pack
Illustration 3 in IBBS300D From the negative 35 mm2 (0.054

Figure 6-38 or pole of a DC in.2)
IBBS300T junction box to the
negative pole of the
battery pack
Illustration 4 in Power cables for IBBS300D From the positive 50 mm2 (0.077
Figure 6-38 a battery cabinet or and negative poles in.2)
IBBS300T of a DC junction
box to the EPU
Copper Bars Between Storage Batteries

Copper bars are delivered with the storage batteries. The following figure shows the exterior of
a copper bar.
Figure 6-39 Exterior of a copper bar between storage batteries
6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices

This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices.
6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable

A CMUEA power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the CMUEA on the front door of a cabinet
from the power distribution box in an IBBS700D.
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA power cable.

(1) 3V3 connector (2) Bare wire
6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable

A CMUF power cable feeds DC power into a CMUF from power equipment. This section
describes the specifications of various CMUF power cables when a CMUF is configured in
different cabinets.
Exterior
Figure 6-41 shows the exterior of a CMUF power cable.
Figure 6-41 Cable exterior (most regions)
(1) 3V3 connector (2) EPC4 connector (3) Bare wire

Figure 6-42 Cable exterior (UK)
(1) 3V3 connector (2) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes CMUF power cables.
Cable Exterior Cabinet Type Power Equipment Description
See illustration 1 in BTS3900AL DCDU-12C in the In other regions, the

Figure 6-41. equipment RTN(+) and NEG(-)
compartment in a wires are black and
BTS3900AL blue, respectively.
Figure 6-42 BTS3900AL DCDU-12C in the In UK, the RTN(+)

equipment and NEG(-) wires are
compartment in a blue and gray,
BTS3900AL respectively.
See illustration 2 in IBBS700T Power distribution -

Figure 6-41. box in a IBBS700T
6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable

A CMUG power cable feeds -48 V DC power from a power distribution box into the CMUG.
CMUG power cables are required by IBBS20Ds.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG power cable.

(1) 2-pin connector (2) OT terminal (M4)
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes a CMUG power cable.
IBBS20D Power distribution box in an A group of 1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)

IBBS20D cables
6.2.4 CCU Power Cable

A CCU power cable feeds -48 V DC power from the DCDU-12C into a CCU. A CCU is
configured in the following cabinet: BTS3900AL, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU power cable.

(1) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCU power cable.
Cabinet Power Equipment
BTS3900AL DCDU-12C in a BTS3900AL
IBBS700D Power distribution box in a IBBS700D
IBBS700T Power distribution box in a IBBS700T
6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable

A CCU01D-03 power cable feeds -48 V DC power from a DC junction box into a CCU01D-03.
The IBBS300D and IBBS300T need to be configured with CCU01D-03 power cables.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU01D-03 power cable.
Figure 6-45 Exterior of the cable
(1) 3V3 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)

Description
The following table describes CCU01D-03 power cables.
Cabinet Type Power Equipment
IBBS300D or IBBS300T DC junction box in the IBBS300D or IBBS300T
6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable

An HEUA power cable feeds power from the EPS30-4815AF in an OMB into an HEUA.
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA power cable.

NOTE
An HEUA power cable is a Y-shaped cable. The cable connects to an HEUA and a BBU at the end with two
3V3 connectors and feeds power into the HEUA and BBU.
(1) 3V3 connector (2) H4 connector
6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable

An HEUB power cable feeds power from the PDU10D-01 in an OMB (Ver.C) into an HEUB.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB power cable.

Description
The following table describes an HEUB power cable.
Wire X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2
6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices

This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices.
6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies

This section describes power cables for different models of fan assemblies.
FAN Power Cables

A FAN power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN in the BTS3900 (Ver.B) or BTS3900L
(Ver.B) cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN power cable.

Figure 6-48 Exterior of a FAN power cable
(1) 3V3 connector (2) Parallel terminal
Description
The following table describes a FAN power cable.
Table 6-42 FAN power cable
X1 End X2 End
X1.A3 X2.B1
X1.A1 X2.B2
FAN 01A Power Cables

A FAN 01A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01A in the RFC (Ver.B).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01A power cable.
Figure 6-49 Exterior of a FAN 01A power cable
(1) 3V3 connector (2) Parallel terminal

Description
The following table describes a FAN 01A power cable.
Table 6-43 FAN 01A power cable
Wire X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B2
W2 X1.A3 X2.B1
FAN 01B Power Cable

A FAN 01B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01B in an RFC (Ver.C).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01B power cable.
Figure 6-50 Exterior of a FAN 01B power cable
(1) 3V3 connector (2) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)
NOTE
The colors of FAN 01B power cables vary depending on regions.

Description
The following table describes a FAN 01B power cable.
Table 6-44 FAN 01B power cable
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2

FAN 01C Power Cable

A FAN 01C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into a FAN 01C in the RFC (Ver.D).
Exterior
The colors of FAN 01C power cables vary depending on regions.
l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black, as shown in Figure 6-51.
l In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray, as shown in Figure 6-52.
Figure 6-51 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in most regions
Figure 6-52 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in UK
Description
The following table describes a FAN 01C power cable.

Table 6-45 FAN 01C power cable
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2
FAN 01D Power Cable

A FAN 01D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01D in an RFC (Ver.E).
Exterior
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a FAN 01D power cable are black, as shown in the following
figure.
Description
The following table describes a FAN 01D power cable.
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2
FAN 02A Power Cable

A FAN 02A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) or
TMC11H (Ver.B).

Exterior
The FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) is powered by the EPS 01A or EPS 01. The following
figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable.
Figure 6-54 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (1)
The FAN 02A in a TMC11H (Ver.B) is powered by the DCDU-03C. The following figure shows
the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable.
Figure 6-55 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (2)
(1) 3V3 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)
FAN 02B Power Cable

A FAN 02B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02B in an APM30H (Ver.C) or
TMC11H (Ver.C).
Exterior

NOTE

Description
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A3 X2.B1
W2 X1.A1 X2.B2
FAN 02D Power Cable

A FAN 02D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02D in an APM30H (Ver.D) or
TMC11H (Ver.D).
Exterior
The colors of FAN 02D power cables vary depending on regions.

Figure 6-57 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in most regions
Figure 6-58 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in UK
Description
The following table describes a FAN 02D power cable.
Table 6-48 FAN 02D power cable
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2
FAN 03B Power Cable

A FAN 03B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03B in the BTS3900 (Ver.C) or
BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet.
Exterior

NOTE

Description
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A3 X2.B1
W2 X1.A1 X2.B2
FAN 03C Power Cable

A FAN 03C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03C in the BTS3900 (Ver.D) or
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is used
for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in most regions or BTS3900 (Ver.D).

Figure 6-60 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is used
for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in UK.
Figure 6-61 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable in UK
Description
The following table describes a FAN 03C power cable.
Table 6-50 FAN 03C power cable
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B2
W2 X1.A3 X2.B1
FAN 02E Power Cable

A FAN 02E power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02E in an APM30H (Ver.E) or
TMC11H (Ver.E).

Exterior
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a FAN 02E power cable are black, as shown in the following
figure.
Description
The following table describes a FAN 02E power cable.
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2
6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable

An FAU03D-02 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-02 in an IBC10 cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable.

Figure 6-63 Exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable
Description
The following table describes the specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable.
Table 6-52 Specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable
Wire X1 End X2 End
W1 A3 B1
W2 A1 B2
6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable

An FAU03D-01 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-01 in an BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
cabinet.
Exterior
The colors of FAU03D-01 power cables vary depending on regions.

Figure 6-64 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in most regions
Figure 6-65 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in UK
6.3.4 Power Cable for an AC Heater

The power cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater in an APM30H or TMC11H
from power equipment.
Power Cable for an AC Heater

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC heater.
NOTE

Figure 6-66 Exterior of a power cable for an AC heater
(1) C13 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)
NOTE
The L wire, PE wire, and N wire of a power cable for an AC heater are brown, green and yellow, and blue,
respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes a power cable for an AC heater.

Specif
ication
s
APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), EPS or EPU in a cabinet 1.5

APM30H (Ver.D), or APM30H (Ver.E) mm2
(0.0023
in.2)
Transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), EPS or EPU in an APM30H 1.5

TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or (feeding power into the AC mm2
TMC11H (Ver.E) in an AC scenario junction box in a TMC11H) (0.0023
in.2)
Power cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H External power equipment 1.5

(Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H mm2
(Ver.E) in a DC scenario (0.0023
in.2)

Power Transfer Cable for an AC Heater

The power transfer cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater from the EPU in
an APM30 (Ver.D_A1) by connecting the AC power output terminal on the EPU to the transfer
terminal on the AC heater.
The following figure shows a power transfer cable for an AC heater in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1).
Figure 6-67 Exterior of a power transfer cable for an AC heater
(1) OT terminal (M4), 1 mm2 (0.0016 in.2) (2) Cord end terminal
6.3.5 Power Cable for a Heating Film

The power cable for a heating film connects the AC junction box in an APM30H to the AC
junction box for the heating film in an IBBS200D. Then the AC junction box distributes power
to the heating film.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for a heating film.
NOTE
NOTE
The L wire and N wire of a power cable for a heating film are brown and blue, respectively, as shown in the
preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes a power cable for a heating film.


Specific
ations
IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D EPS or EPU in an APM30H (feeding 1.5 mm2

(Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.D), or power first into the AC junction box in (0.0023
IBBS200D (Ver.E) the APM30H and then into the AC in.2)
junction box for the heating film in an
IBBS200D)
6.3.6 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System

Power cables for the temperature control system connect the power distribution box in the
IBBS700D or IBBS700T, feeding DC power into the fan mounting frame in the IBBS700D or
the TEC in the IBBS700T and the CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the temperature control system.
(1) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes the power cables for the temperature control system.
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.A1
W2 X1.A2 X2.A2

6.3.7 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

An HAU01A-01 power cable feeds AC power into an HAU01A-01 from the AC junction box
in a BTS3900AL, IBBS300D, or IBBS700D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the HAU01A-01 power cable.
Figure 6-70 Exterior of the cable
(1) C13 straight female connector (2) OT terminal (M4)
Description
The following table describes the HAU01A-01 power cable.
Wire Color Specifications
L wire Brown 1.5 mm2 (0.005 in.2)

PE wire Green and yellow
N wire Blue
6.3.8 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

Fan power cables in an IBBS200D include the fan input power cable and fan power transfer
cable, feeding power into the fans in the IBBS200D.
Fan Input Power Cable in an IBBS200D

Exterior

The fan input power cable in an IBBS200D connects power equipment to the power distribution
box in the IBBS200D. The exteriors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending
on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.
(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type) (2) OT terminal (M4) (3) EPC4 connector
NOTE
The colors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds (Ver.C) or IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) vary depending on regions
as follows:
figure.
Description
The following table describes fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds.

Exterior Specification
s
Illustration 1 IBBS200D (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, 2.5 mm2 (0.004
or EPS 01D in an APM30H in.2)
(Ver.B)


Exterior Specification
s
Illustration 1 IBBS200D (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04,

EPU03A-03, or EPU03A-05 in
an APM30H (Ver.C)
Illustration 2 IBBS200D (Ver.D) EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

an APM30H (Ver.D)
IBBS200D (Ver.E) EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08,

an APM30H (Ver.E)
Power Transfer Cable for the Fan in an IBBS200D

Exterior
The fan power transfer cable in an IBBS200D connects the power distribution box in the
IBBS200D to the fan mounting frame on the cabinet door. The exteriors of fan power transfer
cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.
(1) 3V3 connector (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) OT terminal (M4)
Description

The following table describes fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds.
Cabl Cabinet Type Power Color Cable

e Equipmen Specifications
Exte t
rior
Illust IBBS200D Power The RTN(+) and NEG(-) l OT terminal (M4),

ratio (Ver.B) distribution wires are black and blue, 1.5 mm2 (0.0023
n1 box in a respectively. in.2)
cabinet
l OT terminal (M6),
IBBS200D Power l In most regions, the 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
(Ver.C) distribution RTN(+) and NEG(-)
box in a wires are black and
cabinet blue, respectively.
l In UK, the RTN(+)
and NEG(-) wires are
blue and gray,
respectively.
Illust IBBS200D Power Both the RTN(+) wire 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)
ratio (Ver.D) or distribution and NEG(-) wire are
n2 IBBS200D box in a black.
(Ver.E) cabinet
6.3.9 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

The fan power cables in an IBBS300D connect power equipment in the APM30H or
BTS3900AL cabinet to the DC junction box in the IBBS300D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of fan power cables in an IBBS300D.
Figure 6-73 Fan power cables in an IBBS300D
(1) EPC4 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)

NOTE
The colors of fan power cables in an IBBS300D vary according to the region:
Description
The following table describes the fan power cables in an IBBS300D.
IBBS300D Power equipment in the APM30H A group of 2.5 mm2 (0.016 in.
or BTS3900AL cabinet 2) cables
6.3.10 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

TEC power cables in an IBBS200T include the TEC input power cable and TEC power transfer
cable, feeding power into the TEC in the IBBS200T.
TEC Input Power Cable in an IBBS200T

Exterior
The TEC input power cable in an IBBS200T connects power equipment to the power distribution
box in the IBBS200T. The exteriors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts vary depending
on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type) (2) OT terminal (M4) (3) EPC4 connector
NOTE
The colors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts (Ver.C) or IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) vary depending on regions.
figure.
Description
The following table describes TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts.

Illustration 1 IBBS200T (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or 2.5 mm2 (0.004
EPS 01D in an APM30H (Ver.B) in.2)
Illustration 1 IBBS200T (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04,
an APM30H (Ver.C)
Illustration 2 IBBS200T (Ver.D) EPS05A-02, EPS05A-04,

EPS05A-03, or EPS05A-05 in
an APM30H (Ver.D)


IBBS200T (Ver.E) EPS05A-06, EPS05A-08,

EPS05A-07, or EPS05A-09 in
an APM30H (Ver.E)
TEC Power Transfer Cable in an IBBS200T

Exterior
The TEC power transfer cable in an IBBS200T connects the power distribution box in the
IBBS200T to the TEC on the cabinet door. TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts are divided
into two types in terms of power equipment, as shown in the following figure.
(1) 3V3 connector (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) OT terminal (M4)
Description
The following table describes TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts.

Cabl Cabinet Type Power Color Cable Specifications

e Equipm
Exte ent
rior
Illust IBBS200D Power The RTN(+) and NEG l OT terminal (M4),

ratio (Ver.B) distributi (-) wires are black and 1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.2)
n1 on box in blue, respectively. l OT terminal (M6), 6
a cabinet
mm2 (0.009 in.2)
IBBS200D Power l In most regions, the
(Ver.C) distributi RTN(+) and NEG(-)
on box in wires are black and
a cabinet blue, respectively.
l In UK, the RTN(+)
and NEG(-) wires
are blue and gray,
respectively.
Illust IBBS200D Power Both the RTN(+) wire 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)
ratio (Ver.D) or distributi and NEG(-) wire are
n2 IBBS200D on box in black.
(Ver.E) a cabinet
6.3.11 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T

The TEC power cables in an IBBS300T connect power equipment in the APM30H or
BTS3900AL cabinet to the DC junction box in the IBBS300T.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of TEC power cables in the IBBS300T.
Figure 6-76 TEC power cables in the IBBS300T
(1) EPC4 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)

NOTE
The colors of TEC power cables in an IBBS300T vary by region:

Description
The following table describes TEC power cables in IBBS300Ts.
IBBS300T Power equipment in the APM30H A group of 2.5 mm2 (0.016 in.
or BTS3900AL cabinet 2) cables
6.3.12 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door

A power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door connects power equipment to the heat
exchanger in the front door of a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet. The power cables can be
classified into AC power cables and DC power cables in terms of cabinet types.
Exterior
l Figure 6-77 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in
scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with AC power.
l Figure 6-78 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in
scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with DC power.
Figure 6-77 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (1)
(1) Common connector (2) OT terminal (M6)
NOTE
The L wire, N wire, and PE wire of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are brown, blue, and
green and yellow, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Figure 6-78 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (2)
(1) 3-pin connector (2) EPC4 connector
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are black, as shown in
the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors.
Table 6-63 Power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors
Cable Exterior Cabinet Type Power Equipment
Figure 6-77 BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

cabinet
Figure 6-78 BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

cabinet
BTS3012AE(Ver.D_Z) DC DCDU-12C
cabinet
6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices

This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring
6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable

An EMUA or EMUB power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the EMUA or EMUB. This section
describes the specifications of EMUA or EMUB power cables in different cabinets.
Exterior
EMUA or EMUB power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in
the following figure.

(1) EPC4 connector (2) Cord end terminal (3) Tool-less female connector (pressfit (4) OT terminal (M4)
type)
NOTE
The colors of EMUA or EMUB power cables in APM30Hs (Ver.C), TMC11Hs (Ver.C), APM30Hs (Ver.D),
TMC11Hs (Ver.D), or BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinets vary depending on regions as follows:
figure.
Description
The following table describes EMUA or EMUB power cables.
Illustration 1 APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in a
cabinet

TMC11H (Ver.D) DCDU-12C or DCDU-12B in a

cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet DCDU-12C in a cabinet
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) DC DCDU-12C in a cabinet

cabinet
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a

cabinet cabinet
Illustration 2 APM30H (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or

EPS 01D in a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04,

cabinet
Illustration 3 TMC11H (Ver.B) DCDU-03C or DCDU-03B in a

cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.C) DCDU-11C or DCDU-11B in a

cabinet
6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

A BBU power cable feeds power into a BBU from power equipment. The maximum length of
a BBU power cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).
Exterior
The exteriors of BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables vary depending on cabinets and power
equipment, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 6-80 Exteriors of BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables
(1) 3V3 connector (2) OT terminal (M4) (3) H4 connector
(4) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type) (5) Parallel terminal (6) EPC4 connector
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU3910A power cable.
Figure 6-81 Exterior of a BBU3910A power cable
(1) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables

Cable Cabinet Type Power Equipment

Exterior
Illustration 1 TMC11H (Ver.B) DCDU-03B or DCDU-03C in a

cabinet
Illustration 2 IMB03 EPS30-4815AF in a cabinet
Illustration 3 OMB EPS30-4815AF in a cabinet
Illustration 4 BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet DCDU-11A in a cabinet
BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet DCDU-11A in a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or

EPS 01D in a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.C) EPU03A-03, EPU03A-05,

cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.C) DCDU-11B or DCDU-11C in a

cabinet
Illustration 5 BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet DCDU-01 in a cabinet
BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet DCDU-01 in a cabinet
Illustration 6 OMB (Ver.C) PDU10D-01 in a cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet DCDU-12C in the equipment

compartment of a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

cabinet
APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08,

cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H DCDU-12B or DCDU-12C in a

(Ver.E) cabinet
IBC10 DCDU-12C in a cabinet
Illustration 7a BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet DCDU-12C in the equipment


Cable Cabinet Type Power Equipment

Exterior
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

cabinet
APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08,

cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H DCDU-12B or DCDU-12C in a

(Ver.E) cabinet
a: The connectors at both ends of the cable in illustration 6 are the same as those in illustration
7, but the color of the cable in illustration 6 is different from that in illustration 7. The
differences are as follows:
l Illustration 6 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are
black.
l Illustration 7 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and
gray, respectively.
The following table describes BBU3910A power cables.
Cable Exterior Wire Wire Color in Most Regions Wire Color in

Other
Regions
North European UK
American Standard
Standard
Figure 6-81 RTN(+) Black Brown Blue
NEG(-) Blue Blue Gray
6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

RFU power cables feed power into RFUs from power equipment. This section describes the
specifications of RFU power cables in different cabinets.
Exterior
RFU power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the following
figure.

(1) 3V3 connector (2) EPC4 connector (3) Parallel terminal (4) Tool-less female
connector (pressfit type)
Description
The following table describes RFU power cables.
Illustration 1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet DCDU-12C in the RF


BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E) DCDU-12A in a cabinet
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
Illustration 2a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet DCDU-12C in the RF

RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E) DCDU-12A in a cabinet
Illustration 3 l BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet DCDU-01 in a cabinet

l RFC (Ver.B)
l BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet
Illustration 4 l BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet DCDU-11A in a cabinet

l RFC (Ver.C)
l BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet
a: The connectors at both ends of the cable shown by illustration 1 are the same as those shown
by illustration 2, but the color of the cable shown by illustration 1 is different from that shown
by illustration 2.
black.
gray, respectively.
6.4.4 RRU Power Cables

RRU power cables feed power into RRUs. This section describes the specifications of RRU
power cables when different types of power equipment are used.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of RRU power cables. Cable connectors at RRU sides
vary depending on RRU models. For details about cable connectors, see the related RRU
installation guide.

(1) Tool-less female (2) EPC4 connector (3) EPC5 connector (4) OT terminal (5) Cord end
connector (pressfit type) (M4) terminal
NOTE
l The colors of RRU power cables vary depending on regions as follows:

figure.
l In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are brown and gray, respectively.
l The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally,

Cable Type
RRU power cables vary according to power equipment. The following table describes different
types of RRU power cables.
Table 6-68 Types of RRU power cables

Specifications
Illustration 1 TMC11H (Ver.C) DCDU-11B The specifications

of RRU power
APM30H (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, cables vary
EPS 01D, or EPS 01B depending on
APM30H (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, RRU models. For
EPU03A-04, details about the
EPU03A-03, specifications of
EPU03A-05 RRU power
cables, see the
Illustration 2 TMC11H (Ver.D) or DCDU-12B providing related RRU
TMC11H (Ver.E) LOAD6 to LOAD9 hardware
ports description and
RRU installation
OMB (Ver.C) PDU10D-01 guide.
providing LOAD6 to
LOAD9 ports
Illustration 3 TMC11H (Ver.D) PDU10D-01

providing LOAD0 to
LOAD5 ports
OMB (Ver.C) DCDU-12B providing

LOAD0 to LOAD5
ports
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-03 or

EPU05A-05
providing RRU0 to
RRU5 ports
APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-06,

EPU05A-07,
EPU05A-08, or
EPU05A-09
Illustration 4 TMC11H (Ver.B) DCDU-03B
Illustration 5 APM30H (Ver.D) ODM06D
TMC11H (Ver.E) in a ODM06D

DBS3900 configured
with 16 to 21 RRUs

6.4.5 SOU Power Cable

The power cable for a service outlet unit (SOU) feeds AC power into the SOU from the AC
OUTPUT port on the EPU or EPS.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an SOU power cable.
NOTE
Figure 6-84 Exterior of an SOU power cable
(1) C13 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)
Description
The following table describes an SOU power cable.
Wire Color Label Cable Specifications
W1 Brown L 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

W2 Green and yellow PE
W3 Blue N
6.4.6 SPD Power Cable

A power cable for a surge protective device (SPD) feeds AC power into the AC surge protection
box in an OMB (Ver.C).

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an SPD power cable.
Figure 6-85 Exterior of an SPD power cable
(1) Cord end terminal (2) OT terminal (M4) for connecting to a cable with a cross-sectional area of 4 mm2
(0.006 in.2)
6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box

A power cable for an AC surge protection box feeds external AC power into an OMB. An OBM
can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 110 V AC dual-live-wire power. The maximum
length of a power cable for an AC surge protection box is 6 m (19.69 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box.
NOTE
Figure 6-86 Exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box
Description
The following table describes a power cable for the AC surge protection box.

Cable Wire Wire Color
220 V AC single-phase L wire Brown

power cable
N wire Blue
110 V AC dual-live-wire L1 wire Brown
L2 wire Blue
6.4.8 GATM Power Cable

A GATM power cable feeds power into a GATM. This section describes the specifications of
GATM power cables in different cabinets.
Exterior
The exteriors of GATM power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment. The
following figure shows the exteriors of GATM power cables.

(1) 3V3 connector (2) EPC4 connector (3) Parallel terminal (4) OT terminal (M4)

(5) Tool-less female - - -

connector (pressfit type)
Description
The following table describes GATM power cables.
Illustration 1 BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet or DCDU-12A in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H DCDU-12C in a cabinet

(Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an

APM30H, or DCDU-12A in an
RFC
APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an

RFC
Illustration 2a BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H DCDU-12C in a cabinet

(Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an

RFC
APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an

RFC
Illustration 3 BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet or DCDU-01 in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet
APM30H (Ver.B) DCDU-01 in an RFC
Illustration 4 TMC11H (Ver.B) DCDU-03C in a cabinet
Illustration 5 BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet or DCDU-11A in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.C) DCDU-11C in a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.C) DCDU-11A in an RFC

a: The connectors at both ends of the cable shown by illustration 1 are the same as those shown
by illustration 2, but the color of the cable shown by illustration 1 is different from that shown
by illustration 2.
black.
gray, respectively.
6.4.9 ODM06D Power Cable

The ODM06D power cable feeds power from power equipment into an ODM06D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D power cable.
Figure 6-88 Exterior of an ODM06D power cable
(1) OT terminal (2) Cord end terminal
Description
An ODM06D power cable consists of two wires. The following table describes an ODM06D
power cable.
Table 6-72 ODM06D power cable
Wire Wire Color
RTN(+) wire Brown
NEG(-) wire Blue

Cables 7 Transmission Cables
7 Transmission Cables
About This Chapter
This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a
cabinet.
7.1 E1/T1 Cable

An E1/T1 cable transfers baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission equipment.
The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the main
control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are
1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900Cs or OMBs
configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long.
7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

An FE/GE fiber optic cable transfers optical signals between the BBU and the transmission
equipment. The maximum length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).
7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect the
FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes.
7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of
different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode.
7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through
routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet
cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the main
control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and battery
cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28 ft) long.

FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB (Ver.C) configured for the DBS3900
or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

An E1/T1 cable transfers baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission equipment.
The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
Exterior
E1/T1 cables are classified into 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables, 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cables, and
100-ohm T1 twisted pair cables.
The E1/T1 cable has a DB26 male connector at one end. You need to add a connector to the
other end of the cable onsite. Figure 7-1 shows the exterior of an E1/T1 cable for the BBU3900
or BBU3910 and Figure 7-2 shows the exterior of an E1/T1 cable for the BBU3910A3. These
figures use 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables as examples.
Figure 7-1 Exterior of the E1/T1 cable for the BBU3900 or BBU3910
(1) DB26 male connector
Figure 7-2 Exterior of the E1/T1 cable for the BBU3910A3
The following table lists the types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable.

Table 7-1 Types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable
Cable Connector at One End Connector at the Other

End
75-ohm E1 coaxial cable DB26 male connector L9 male connector
L9 female connector
SMB female connector
BNC male connector
SMZ male connector
SMZ female connector
Description
Table 7-2, Table 7-3, and Table 7-4 describes the E1/T1 cables.
Table 7-2 75-ohm E1/T1 coaxial cable
X1 End Wire Type(1) Coaxial No. Description(2)
X1.1 Tip 1 RX1+ RX0+
X1.2 Ring RX1- RX0-
X1.4 Ring RX2- RX1-
X1.6 Ring RX3- RX2-
X1.8 Ring RX4- RX3-
X1.19 Tip 2 TX1+ TX0+
X1.20 Ring TX1- TX0-
X1.21 Tip 4 TX2+ TX1+
X1.23 Tip 6 TX3+ TX2+
X1.25 Tip 8 TX4+ TX3+

NOTE
(1) "Tip" refers to the wire in an E1 coaxial cable. "Ring" refers to the external conductor of an E1 coaxial
cable.
(2) The number can start from 1 or 0.
Table 7-3 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cable
X1 End Color Wire Type Description
X.1 Blue Twisted pair RX1+
X.2 White RX1-
X.3 Orange Twisted pair RX2+
X.4 White RX2-
X.5 Green Twisted pair RX3+
X.6 White RX3-
X.7 Brown Twisted pair RX4+
X.8 White RX4-
X.19 Gray Twisted pair TX1+
X.20 White TX1-
X.21 Blue Twisted pair TX2+
X.22 Red TX2-
X.23 Orange Twisted pair TX3+
X.24 Red TX3-
X.25 Green Twisted pair TX4+
X.26 Red TX4-
Table 7-4 100-ohm T1 twisted pair cable
X.1 Blue and white Twisted pair RX1+
X.2 White and blue RX1-
X.3 Orange and white Twisted pair RX2+
X.4 White and orange RX2-
X.5 Green and white Twisted pair RX3+
X.6 White and green RX3-

X.7 Brown and white Twisted pair RX4+
X.8 White and brown RX4-
X.19 Gray and white Twisted pair TX1+
X.20 White and gray TX1-
X.21 Blue and red Twisted pair TX2+
X.22 Red and blue TX2-
X.23 Orange and red Twisted pair TX3+
X.24 Red and orange TX3-
X.25 Green and red Twisted pair TX4+
X.26 Red and green TX4-
7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the main
control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are
1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900Cs or OMBs
configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable.
Figure 7-3 Exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable
(1) DB25 male connector (2) DB26 male connector
Description
The following table describes an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable.

Table 7-5 E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable
X1 End X2 End Wire Type
X2.2 X1.20 Twisted pair
X2.3 X1.19
X2.5 X1.3
X2.7 X1.21
X2.9 X1.5
X2.11 X1.23
X2.13 X1.7
X2.15 X1.2
X2.25 X1.26
7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

An FE/GE fiber optic cable transfers optical signals between the BBU and the transmission
equipment. The maximum length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).
Exterior
The FE/GE fiber optic cable has an LC connector at one end and an FC connector, SC connector,
or LC connector at the other end, as shown in Figure 7-4, Figure 7-5, and Figure 7-6.
Figure 7-4 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with FC and LC connectors)

Figure 7-5 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with SC and LC connectors)
Figure 7-6 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with LC connectors)
NOTICE
The connection between the BBU and transmission equipment must comply with the following
rules:
l The TX port on the BBU must be connected to the RX port on the transmission equipment.
l The RX port on the BBU must be connected to the TX port on the transmission equipment.
7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect the
FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical
ports.
Figure 7-7 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical ports
(1) RJ45 connector

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of
different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical
ports.
Figure 7-8 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical ports
(1) LC connector
7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through
routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet
cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
Exterior
An FE/GE Ethernet cable is a shielded straight-through cable, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 7-9 Exterior of an FE/GE Ethernet cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FE/GE Ethernet cable.

Table 7-6 FE/GE Ethernet cable
X1 End X2 End Color Wire Type
X1.2 X2.2 Orange Twisted pair
X1.1 X2.1 White and orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green Twisted pair
X1.3 X2.3 White and green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue Twisted pair
X1.5 X2.5 White and blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Twisted pair
X1.7 X2.7 White and brown
7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the main
control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and battery
cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28 ft) long.
FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB (Ver.C) configured for the DBS3900
or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable.
Figure 7-10 Exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable.

Table 7-7 FE/GE surge protection transfer cable
X1.1 X2.1 White
X1.6 X2.6 Green Twisted pair
X1.3 X2.3 White
X1.5 X2.5 White
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Twisted pair
X1.7 X2.7 White

Cables 8 Signal Cables
8 Signal Cables
About This Chapter
This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in BTS3900A
cabinets.
8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices

This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices.
8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices

This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices.
8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices

This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices.
8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices

This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring

8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices

This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices.
8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and CCU. It transmits the RS485
signals collected by the PMU to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.
Exterior
The PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable is black. Its exterior is shown in the following figure.
Figure 8-1 Exterior of a PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-1 PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable
X1.1 X2.1 White Twisted pair
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown

8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

The PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and the CMUEA in the
FAN 02D. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMU to the BBU through the CMUEA.
This monitoring signal cable is 1.1 m (3.61 ft) long.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-2 Exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-2 PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable
X1 End X2 End Wire Type
X1.2 X2.2
X1.6 X2.6
X1.5 X2.5
X1.8 X2.8
8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms from the
PMU 01B in the BTS3900 cabinet to the BBU.

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-3 Exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-3 PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1 End X2 End Color Type
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms collected
by the PMU 11A in the BTS3900 cabinet or IMS06 to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-4 Exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-4 PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.5 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring signals collected by the
PMU 11A to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-5 Exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-5 PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.6 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable connects a PMIU and a CCUB. It transmits the RS485
signals collected by the PMIU to the CCUB, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.
Exterior
PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a
PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-6 Exterior of a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-6 PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.7 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

A surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A transmits surge protection dry contact alarm
signals of the DCDU-13A to the CMUEA. The maximum length of a surge protection alarm
cable for the DCDU-13A is 0.8 m (31.50 in.).
Both ends of a surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A are bare wires, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 8-7 Surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A

8.1.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B

The monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B is used in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. The cable
transmits the surge protection alarm information of the DCDU-03B to the HEUA.
Appearance
The monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B is a pair of bare wires. Figure 8-8 shows the
bare wires.
Figure 8-8 Monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B
8.1.9 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable

A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power
status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D) and receive related alarms.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable in
a BTS3900.
Figure 8-9 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector (2) PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable in
a DBS3900.
Figure 8-10 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable
Description
The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-7 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable
X1 End Color Wire Type
X1.2 Blue Twisted pair
X1.1 White
X1.6 Orange Twisted pair
X1.3 White
X1.4 Green Twisted pair
X1.5 White
X1.8 Brown Twisted pair
X1.7 White
8.1.10 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable

A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power
status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable.

Figure 8-11 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable.
Table 8-8 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.11 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in

an IBBS20D
The monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D is used to transmit
monitoring signals from the power distribution box to the CMUG.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution
box in an IBBS20D.

Figure 8-12 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an
IBBS20D
(1) 8-pin connector (2) OT terminal (M4) (3) OT terminal (M3)
Description
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an
IBBS20D.
Table 8-9 Description of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an
IBBS20D
One End The Other End Color Connection Position

of the OT Terminal
X1.1 X2 End Black Positive pole of the

contactor
X1.3 X3 Black Negative pole of the

contactor
X1.5 X4 Black Positive pole of the

current divider

current divider

copper bar in the power
distribution box
X1.8 X7 Black Positive pole of the

copper bar in the power
distribution box

8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices

This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices.
8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information of the PMU in the
OMB to the HEUA.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-13 Exterior of a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-10 PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown

8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the APMI in the power cabinet and the BBU.
The cable transmits environment monitoring signals of the cabinet to the BBU.
Exterior
An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable has an RJ45 connector at one end and four bare wires
at the other end. The following figure shows the exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal
cable.
Figure 8-14 Exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable
Description
The following table describes an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-11 APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1 End Color X2, X3, X4, or X5 Wire Type Port to Which

End the Wire Is
Connected
X1.1 White X2 Twisted pair TX+
X1.2 Orange X3 TX-
X1.4 Blue X4 Twisted pair RX+
X1.5 White X5 RX-
8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable connects a CCUB and a BBU. It transmits the monitoring
signals collected by the CCUB to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-15 Exterior of a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-12 CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs

Cascaded CCUs are connected by signal cables. The lower-level CCU can communicate with
the BBU through the upper-level CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs.

Figure 8-16 Exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs.
Table 8-13 Signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CCU and the BBU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CCU to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-17 Exterior of a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-14 CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs

Cascaded CMUAs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUEA can
communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUA.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs.

Figure 8-18 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs.
Table 8-15 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs

Cascaded CMUEs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUE can
communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUE.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs.

Figure 8-19 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs.
Table 8-16 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs

Two CMUGs are cascaded by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUG can
communicate with the PMU through the upper-level CMUG.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs.

Figure 8-20 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs.
Table 8-17 Description of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

CMUEAs are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CMUEA can communicate
with the BBU through the upper-level CMUEA.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded
CMUEAs.

Figure 8-21 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs.
Table 8-18 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s

CCU01D-03s are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CCU01D-03 can
communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CCU01D-03.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded
CCU01D-03s.

Figure 8-22 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s.
Table 8-19 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s

Cascaded HAU01A-01s are connected by signal cables. The lower-level HAU01A-01 can
communicate with the CCU through the upper-level HAU01A-01.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded
HAU01A-01s.

Figure 8-23 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes the signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s.
Table 8-20 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the
HEUB to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-24 Exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-21 HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the
HEUA to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-25 Exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-22 HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and CCU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the
BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-26 Exterior of a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-23 CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUF and CCU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CMUF to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the
BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable whose color
is black.

Figure 8-27 Exterior of a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-24 CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG

Monitoring signal cables for the CMUG is classified into CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cables
and CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cables, which are used for transferring monitoring
signals from the PMU and OPM50M to the CMUG.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-28 Exterior of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-29 Exterior of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable
(1) Waterproof DB15 male connector (2) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-25 Description of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue

X1.8 X2.8 Brown
The following table describes a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-26 Description of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable
X1.11 X2.5 White and green Twisted pair
X1.12 X2.4 Green
X1.13 X2.2 White and orange Twisted pair
X1.14 X2.1 Orange
X1.5 X2.6 White and blue -
8.2.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs is used to connect the CMUH in a lower-
level cabinet to the CMUH in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected
by the lower-level CMUH to the upper-level CMUH. The upper-level CMUH reports the
monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
Monitoring signal cables between cascaded CMUHs are black. The following figure shows the
exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs.
Figure 8-30 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs.

Table 8-27 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CCUB in a lower-level cabinet
to the CMUH in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CCUB
to the CMUH. The CMUH reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of
a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-31 Exterior of a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable.

Table 8-28 CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable

A CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CMUH in a lower-level cabinet
to the CCUB in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CMUH
to the CCUB. The CCUB reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of
a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-32 Exterior of a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable.

Table 8-29 CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs is used to connect the CCUB in a lower-
level cabinet to the CCUB in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected
by the lower-level CCUB to the upper-level CCUB.
Exterior
Monitoring signal cables between cascaded CCUBs are black. The following figure shows the
exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs.
Figure 8-33 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs.

Table 8-30 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and the BBU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-34 Exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-31 CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of
the FAN.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-35 Exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-32 FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange

X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable reports monitoring alarms from the FMUE to the BBU
and is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN 03B.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-36 Exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-33 FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green

X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status
of the FAN 03C.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-37 Exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-34 FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue

X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.25 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet

A monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet transmits monitoring signals from the battery
cabinet to an upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet.
Figure 8-38 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet.
Table 8-35 Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown

8.2.26 BBU Alarm Cable

A BBU alarm cable transfers alarm signals from an external monitoring device to the BBU. The
maximum length of a BBU alarm cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable.
Figure 8-39 Exterior of the BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable
(1) RJ45 connector
A BBU3910A3 alarm cable is used for transferring either dry contact signals or RS485 signals.
The alarm cable for transferring dry contact signals is shown in Figure 8-40. The alarm cable
for transferring RS485 signals is shown in Figure 8-41.
Figure 8-40 Alarm cable for transferring dry contact signals to the BBU3910A3
(1) DB15 male connector (2) Cord end terminal

Figure 8-41 Alarm cable for transferring RS485 signals to the BBU3910A3
(1) DB15 male connector (2) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes the BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable.
Table 8-36 BBU3900 or BBU3910 alarm cable
Alarm X1 End X2 End Color Wire Description

Port on Type
the BBU
EXT- X1.1 X2.1 White and Twisted Boolean input 4+

ALM1 orange pair
X1.2 X2.2 Orange Boolean input 4- (GND)
X1.3 X2.3 White and Twisted Boolean input 5+

green pair
X1.6 X2.6 Green Boolean input 5- (GND)

blue pair
X1.4 X2.4 Blue Boolean input 6- (GND)

brown pair
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Boolean input 7- (GND)
EXT- X1.1 X2.1 White and Twisted Boolean input 0+

ALM0 orange pair
X1.2 X2.2 Orange Boolean input 0- (GND)

green pair

Alarm X1 End X2 End Color Wire Description

Port on Type
the BBU
X1.6 X2.6 Green Boolean input 1- (GND)

blue pair
X1.4 X2.4 Blue Boolean input 2- (GND)

brown pair
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Boolean input 3- (GND)
The following table describes the pin assignment for the wires of the alarm cable for transferring
dry contact signals to the BBU3910A3.
Table 8-37 Alarm cable for transferring dry contact signals to the BBU3910A3
Pin of the Cord End Color Wire Type Description

DB15 Male Terminal
Connector
X1.1 X2 White and blue Twisted pair Boolean input 1

+
X1.7 X3 Blue Boolean input 1-

(GND)
X1.2 X4 White and Twisted pair Boolean input 0

orange +
X1.5 X5 Orange Boolean input 0-

(GND)
X1.3 X6 White and green Twisted pair Boolean input 3

+
X1.11 X7 Green Boolean input 3-

(GND)
X1.4 X8 White and Twisted pair Boolean input 2

brown +
X1.14 X9 Brown Boolean input 2-

(GND)
X1.8 X10 Red and blue Twisted pair OUT0_SEL
X1.9 X11 Blue OUT0_SELOU

T

Pin of the Cord End Color Wire Type Description

DB15 Male Terminal
Connector
X1.12 X12 Red and orange Twisted pair Boolean input 4

+
X1.13 X13 Orange Boolean input 4-

(GND)
X1.15 X14 Red and green Twisted pair Boolean input 5

+
X1.10 X15 Green Boolean input 5-

(GND)
- - Red and brown Twisted pair NONE
- - Brown
The following table describes the pin assignment for the wires of the alarm cable for transferring
RS485 signals to the BBU3910A3.
Table 8-38 Alarm cable for transferring RS485 signals to the BBU3910A3
Pin of the RJ45 Pin of the DB15 Color Wire Type

Connector Male Connector
X1.3 X2.6 White and blue Twisted pair
X1.1 X2.7 Blue
X1.6 X2.10 White and green Twisted pair
X1.8 X2.11 Green
X1.2 X2.13 White and brown Twisted pair
X1.4 X2.14 Brown
X1.7 X2.5 White and orange Twisted pair
X1.5 X2.4 Orange
8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices

This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices.

8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies

A monitoring signal cable for cascaded fan assemblies is used for cascading fan assemblies in
different cabinets.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan
assemblies.
Figure 8-42 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies
(1) RJ45 connector
Cable Type
The following table describes the types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan
assemblies.
Table 8-39 Types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan assemblies
Cabinet Installation Installation

Position at Position at
One End the Other
End
APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B) and RFC FAN 02A FAN 01A
(Ver.B)
RFC (Ver.B) and RFC (Ver.B) FAN 01A FAN 01A
APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C) and RFC FAN 02B FAN 01B
(Ver.C)
RFC (Ver.C) and RFC (Ver.C) FAN 01B FAN 01B
APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D) and RFC FAN 02D FAN 01C
(Ver.D)
RFC (Ver.D) and RFC (Ver.D) FAN 01C FAN 01C
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet and BTS3012AE FAN 01C FAN 01C

(Ver.D_Z) cabinet

Cabinet Installation Installation

Position at Position at
One End the Other
End
IBC10 and IBC10 FAU03D-02 FAU03D-02
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies.
Table 8-40 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

An FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable connects the FAU03D-01 and the CCU. It transmits
the monitoring signals collected by the FAU03D-01 to the CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-43 Exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector

Description
The following table describes the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-41 FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable

The monitoring signal cable for the FAU03D-02 is used for the BBU to monitor the running
status of FAU03D-02.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-44 Exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable.

Table 8-42 FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs interconnects two FANs.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs.
Figure 8-45 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs.
Table 8-43 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs
X1.2 X2.2 Orange

X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

An HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating
status of the FAU01D-01, and feeds power in to the FAU01D-01.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-46 Exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable
(1) 4-pin connector
8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units interconnects two FAN 03B units.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN
03B units.

Figure 8-47 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units.
Table 8-44 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units interconnects two FAN 03C units.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN
03C units.

Figure 8-48 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units.
Table 8-45 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

The monitoring signal cable for the fan assembly transmits the temperature information in an
OMB to the HEUA.
Exterior
l Monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the inner air
circulation fan.

Figure 8-49 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan
(1) 4-pin connector (2) 5-pin connector
l Monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the outer air
circulation fan.
Figure 8-50 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan
(1) Round waterproof connector (2) 4-pin connector
8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

A monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor in an RFC, OMB, IBBS200D, IBBS200T,
IBBS300D, IBBS300T, BTS3900AL cabinet, IMS06, APM30 (Ver.D_A1), IBC10, or RFC
(Ver.D_A) transfers the temperature information about the cabinet to the monitoring board.
Exterior
Figure 8-51, Figure 8-52, and Figure 8-53 show the exteriors of monitoring signal cables for
temperature sensors.

Figure 8-51 Monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor (1)
(1) Temperature sensor (2) 4-pin connector
(1) 4-pin connector (2) 5-pin connector
(1) RJ45 connector (2) 5-pin connector
Monitoring Boards
The following table lists the monitoring boards to which temperature information is reported.
Table 8-46 Types of monitoring boards
Cable Exterior Cabinet Monitoring Board
Figure 8-51 RFC (Ver.B) CMUA in a FAN 01A
RFC (Ver.C) CMUE in a FAN 01B
RFC (Ver.D) CMUEA in a FAN 01C

Cable Exterior Cabinet Monitoring Board
RFC (Ver.E) CMUH in a FAN 01D
IBBS200D (Ver.B) or CMUA on the front door of an

IBBS200T (Ver.B) IBBS200D or IBBS200T
IBBS200D (Ver.C) or CMUE on the front door of an IBBS200D

IBBS200T (Ver.C) or IBBS200T
IBBS200D (Ver.D) or CMUEA on the front door of an

IBBS200T (Ver.D) IBBS200D or IBBS200T
IBBS200D (Ver.E) or CMUH on the front door of an

IBBS200T (Ver.E) IBBS200D or IBBS200T
IBBS300D (Ver.A) or CCU01D-03 on the front door of an

IBBS300T (Ver.A) IBBS300D or IBBS300T
OMB (Ver.C) HEUB
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet CMUF
IMS06 PMU 11A in an EPU05A-02
Storage battery compartment CMUEA in a FAN 01C

in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
cabinet
Figure 8-52 APM30 (Ver.D_A1) CMUEA
RFC (Ver.D_A) CMUEA
Figure 8-53 IBC10 PMU 11A in an EPU05A-02
8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

A HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable transmits the signals collected by the HAU01A-01 to
the upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CMUEA or CMUF
and it has bare wires at both ends, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 8-54 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (1)

When the cabinet is used with BTS3900AL (Ver.A) or TP48600A-H17B1, the CCU is required.
The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CCU and it has an
RJ45 connector at each end, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 8-55 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (2)
(1) RJ45 connectors
Description
The following table describes the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable with an RJ45 connector
at each end.
Table 8-47 HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable
X1 End X2 End Color Wire
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
The upper-level monitoring board of the HAU01A-01 varies with the cabinet type, as described
in the following table.

Table 8-48 Upper-level monitoring boards of the HAU01A-01
Base Station Cabinet Upper-level Monitoring

Board of the HAU01A-01
BTS3900A(Ver.B) IBBS700D CMUEA

DBS3900 of which the BBU
is installed in an APM30H
(Ver.D) cabinet
BTS3900AL(Ver.A) IBBS700D CCU
8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors

A monitoring signal cable for a fan in a front door feeds power into the fan in the front door of
an APM30H, TMC11H, BTS3900AL cabinet, or IBBS700T. It also reports fan monitoring
signals to the monitoring board in the cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front
doors.

Figure 8-56 Exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors
(1) 4-pin connector (2) Interconnection terminal (3) 4-pin male connector
(4) 4-pin female connector (5) 4-pin male connector (one row) -
Cable Type
The following table lists the types of monitoring boards to which monitoring signals are reported.
Monitoring cables vary according to boards.

Table 8-49 Cable type
Cable Exterior Cabinet Monitoring Board to

Which Monitoring
Signals Are Reported
Illustration 1 APM30H (Ver.B) or CMUA

TMC11H (Ver.B)
APM30H (Ver.C) or CMUE

TMC11H (Ver.C)
Illustration 2 APM30H (Ver.D) or CMUEA

TMC11H (Ver.D)
Illustration 3 BTS3900AL cabinet CMUF in a front door
Illustration 4 IBBS700T CMUF in a front door
Description
The following table describes monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors.
Table 8-50 Monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors
Cable X1 End X2 End Color
W1 X1.1 X2.1 Black
W2 X1.2 X2.2 Black
W3 X1.3 X2.3 Black
W4 X1.4 X2.4 Black
8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger

The monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger feeds power to the fan on the front door of
the BTS3012 AE (Ver.D_Z) and transmits fan monitoring signals to the central monitoring unit
type EA (CMUEA).
Exterior
Figure 8-57 shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger.

Figure 8-57 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger
(1) DB15 male connector (2) RJ45 connector
Description
Table 8-51 describes the pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger.
Table 8-51 Pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger
X1 End X2/X3 End Color Type
X3.1
X3.2
X3.4
X3.5
8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2

When a site is configured with an IBBS2.2, a TEC alarm transfer cable is used to connect the
alarm port on the BBU with the TEC alarm cable.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2.

Figure 8-58 Exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2
(1) RJ45 connector (2) 4-pin interconnection terminal
Description
The following table describes the TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2.
Table 8-52 TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2
RJ45 Connector 4-Pin Color Type

Interconnection
Terminal
X1.2 X2.3 Green
X1.6 X3.6 Green
8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices

This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring
8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

A monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor is used to inform the monitoring board of the
door status that is obtained from the door status sensor. Cabinets configured with door status
sensors are as follows: APM30H, TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D,
IBBS300T, IBBS20D, IBBS20D, BTS3900AL cabinet, OMB, OMB (Ver.C), IBBS700D, and
IBBS700T.

Exterior
There are four types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors, which adapt to different
cabinets. Figure 8-59, Figure 8-60, Figure 8-61, Figure 8-62, and Figure 8-63 show their
exteriors.
Figure 8-59 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (1)
NOTE
l Cable 1 has a 2-pin connector at one end, which is connected to an HPMI. Cable 1 has a bare wire and
a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable terminal
block, respectively.
l Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two ports
on one side of a cable terminal block.
l Cable 3 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord end
terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block.

NOTE
l Cable 1 has a 2-pin connector at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on a PMU. Cable 1
has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor
and a cable terminal block, respectively.

NOTE
l Cable 1 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on a CCUB. Cable 1 has a
bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a
cable terminal block, respectively.
(1) Bare wire (2) 2-pin connector

Description
In different cabinets, monitoring signal cables for door status sensors are connected to different
monitoring boards. The following table lists monitoring boards that collect door status
information in different cabinets.
Table 8-53 Types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors
Cable Cabinet Monitoring Board

Exterior
Figure 8-59 l RFC (Ver.B) CMUA

l TMC11H (Ver.B)
l IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.B)
l RFC (Ver.C) CMUE

l TMC11H (Ver.C)
l IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)
l RFC (Ver.D) CMUEA

l TMC11H (Ver.D)
l IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D)
l IBBS700D configured with an APM30H
(Ver.D) together
l RFC (Ver.E) CMUH

l IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)
TMC11H (Ver.E) CCUB
IBBS700T configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) or CMUF

APM30H (Ver.E) together
IBBS300D (Ver.A) or IBBS300T (Ver.A) CCU01D-03
OMB HEUA
OMB (Ver.C) HEUB
l BTS3900AL (Ver.A) CCU

l IBBS700D or IBBS700T configured with a
BTS3900AL cabinet together
Figure 8-60 APM30H (Ver.B) and APM30H (Ver.C) HPMI
Figure 8-61 APM30H (Ver.D) PMU 11A
Figure 8-62 APM30H (Ver.E) CCUB
Figure 8-63 IBBS20D CMUG

8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

An electronic label unit (ELU) signal cable transmits the cabinet type to a monitoring board in
the cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ELU signal cable.
Figure 8-64 Exterior of an ELU signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector (2) 4-pin connector
Description
The following table describes the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 1 in the preceding
figure.
Table 8-54 Description of the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 1 in the preceding figure
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue

X1.8 X2.8 Brown
The following table describes the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 2 in the preceding
figure.
Table 8-55 Description of the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 2 in the preceding figure
X1.4 X2.2 White
X1.3 X2.4 White
In different cabinets, ELU signal cables are connected to different monitoring boards. The
following table lists monitoring boards to which ELUs reports information in different cabinets.
Table 8-56 Monitoring boards to which ELUs reports information
Cable Exterior Cabinet Monitoring

Board
Illustration 1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.B) FMUC

cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet or BTS3900L (Ver.C) FMUE

cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet, BTS3900L (Ver.D) FMUEA

cabinet, or IBC10
APM30H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.B), RFC CMUA

(Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.B), or IBBS200T (Ver.B)
APM30H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.C), RFC CMUE

(Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.C), or IBBS200T (Ver.C)
APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D), RFC CMUEA

(Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D),
or IBBS700D configured with an APM30H (Ver.D)
together
APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E) CCUB

Cable Exterior Cabinet Monitoring

Board
RFC (Ver.E), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T CMUH

(Ver.E), or IBBS700D configured with an APM30H
(Ver.E) together
IBBS700T configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) or CMUF

APM30H (Ver.E) together
OMB (Ver.C) HEUB
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet, or IBBS700D or CCU

IBBS700T configured with a BTS3900AL cabinet
together
Illustration 2 IBBS20D CMUG
8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and
Temperature Sensor
A monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor reports the IBBS
door control alarm signals and temperature alarm signals to the base station.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control
and temperature sensor.
Figure 8-65 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature
sensor
(1) 4-pin connector (2) 2-pin connector (3) Cord end terminal

Description
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and
temperature sensor.
Table 8-57 Monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor
One End of The Other Color Type Label

the Wire End of the
Wire
X1.3 X7 White Twisted pair TEC Alarm-
X1.2 X8 Blue TEC Alarm+
X2.1 X9 White Twisted pair BAT_TEMP

Alarm+
X2.2 X10 Orange BAT_TEMP

Alarm-
X3 X11 White Twisted pair SMOKE Alarm

+
X4 X12 Brown SMOKE

Alarm-
X5 X13 White Twisted pair DOOR Alarm
X6 X14 Green DOOR Alarm
8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

An EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable transmits signals monitored by the EMUA/EMUB
to the BBU. The cables are delivered with EMUA/EMUBs.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-66 Exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector (2) DB9 male connector
Description
The following table describes an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-58 EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable
X1 End X2 End Color Wire Type Port to Which

the
Monitoring
Signals Are
Reported
X1.1 X2.3 White Twisted pair TX+
X1.2 X2.7 Orange TX-
X1.5 X2.6 White Twisted pair RX-
X1.4 X2.2 Blue RX+
8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

An EMU monitoring signal cable transmits monitoring signals from an EMU to a BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-67 Exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector (2) DB9 male connector
Description
The following table describes an EMU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-59 EMU monitoring signal cable
Pin on the Pin on the DB9 Color Type Label

RJ45 Male Connector
Connector
X1.1 X2.3 White Twisted pair TX+
X1.2 X2.7 Orange TX-
X1.5 X2.6 White Twisted pair RX-
X1.4 X2.2 Blue RX+
8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module

A monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module connects the AC surge protection
module in the PDU to the CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge
protection module.

Figure 8-68 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module
(1) 2-pin terminal block (2) Cord end terminal
8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

An alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box is used in an OMB. The cable transmits
the surge protection alarm information for the AC input power to the HEUA.
Exterior
The monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection box consists of two wires without any
connectors at both ends. The following figure shows the wires.
Figure 8-69 Alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box
8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box

A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box transmits information about the AC surge
protection box to the HEUB.
Exterior
A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box consists of two wires without any
connectors at both ends, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 8-70 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box

8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable

An RRU AISG multi-wire cable connects an RRU and an RCU to transmit RS485 control signals
from a base station to an RET antenna. The length of an AISG multi-wire cable is 5 m (16.4 ft).
NOTE
An RCU is a driving motor used for the phase shifter in the RET antenna. It receives control commands from a
base station and executes the commands to drive the stepper motor. The stepper motor uses a gear to drive the
adjustable phase shifter in the antenna and change the downtilt angle.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG multi-wire cable.
Figure 8-71 Exterior of an AISG Multi-wire cable
(1) Waterproof DB9 male connector (2) Standard AISG female connector
Description
The following table describes an AISG multi-wire cable.
Table 8-60 Description of an AISG multi-wire cable
X1 End (Pin of the X2 End (Pin of the Color Wire Description

Waterproof DB9 Standard AISG
Male Connector) Female Connector)
White and
blue Twisted
X1.1 X2.1 +12 V
pair
Blue
X1.3 X2.3 White and RS485 B

orange Twisted
pair
X1.5 X2.5 Orange RS485 A
X1.4 X2.4 White and - GND

green
X1.9 and X1.4 are - - - GND

interconnected.

X1 End (Pin of the X2 End (Pin of the Color Wire Description

Waterproof DB9 Standard AISG
Male Connector) Female Connector)
- X2.1 and X2.6 are - - +12 V

interconnected.
- X2.4 and X2.7 are - - GND

interconnected.
8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable

When the distance between an RRU and an RCU is longer than 5 m (16.4 ft), an AISG multi-
wire cable is not long enough to connect the RRU and the RCU. In this case, an AISG extension
cable is used to extend the AISG multi-wire cable for transmitting RS485 signals.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG extension cable.
Figure 8-72 Exterior of AISG extension cable
(1) Standard AISG male connector (2) Standard AISG female connector
Description
The following table describes an AISG extension cable.
Table 8-61 Description of an AISG Extension cable
X1 End (Pin X2 End (Pin Color Wire Description

of the of the
Standard Standard
AISG Male AISG
Connector) Female
Connector)
X1.1 X2.1 White and blue Twisted pair +12 V
Blue

X1 End (Pin X2 End (Pin Color Wire Description

of the of the
Standard Standard
AISG Male AISG
Connector) Female
Connector)
X1.7 X2.7 White and orange Twisted pair DC Return A
Orange
X1.3 X2.3 White and green Twisted pair RS485 B
X1.5 X2.5 Green RS485 A
X1.6 X2.6 White and brown Twisted pair +24 V
Brown
8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

A GPS clock signal cable transmits GPS clock signals from the GPS antenna system to the BBU.
The cable is used when GPS clock signals serve as the clock reference of the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS clock signal cable.
Figure 8-73 Exterior of a GPS clock signal cable
(1) SMA male connector (2) Type N female connector
8.4.12 GPS Jumper

A GPS jumper connects the GPS surge protector to the GPS antenna. The maximum length of
a GPS jumper is 100 m (328.08 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS jumper.

Figure 8-74 Exterior of a GPS jumper
(1) N50 straight male connector
8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables

A BBU interconnection signal cable connects BBU 0 and BBU 1 to forward information between
the BBUs.
Cable Type
BBU interconnection signal cables are classified into two types based on their functions, as listed
in following table.
Table 8-62 Cable type
Cable Function Installation Position
BBU interconnection signal Forwards control and Interconnects the UMPT to

cable synchronization information the UCIU, or two UMPTs
from one BBU to another
Forwards baseband Interconnects two WBBPf

information and transmission boards
data from one BBU to
another
Exterior
BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU
l When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection
signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.
l When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 10 m (32.81 ft) long BBU
interconnection signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 8-75 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU
(1)
(1) DLC connector (2) Breakout cable
Figure 8-76 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU
(2)
(1) DLC connector (2) Armored optical cable (3) Breakout cable
BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two
UMPTs.
signal cable is used.
interconnection signal cable is used.
Figure 8-77 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs
(1) SFP+ connector
BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two
WBBPfs.
signal cable is used.

interconnection signal cable is used.
Figure 8-78 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs
(1) QSFP connector
8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations

When a 3012 series base station and a 3900 series base station are installed side by side, the
cable between two combined base stations is used to connect the UCIU in the 3900 series base
station and the DCTB or DGLUb in the 3012 series base station.
Exterior
There are two types of cables used for connecting two combined base stations. The following
figure shows the cable connected to the DCTB in the 3012 series base station.
Figure 8-79 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (1)
(1) MD36 male connector (2) DB15 male connector
The following figure shows the cable connected to the DGLUb in the 3012 series base station.
Figure 8-80 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (2)

Description
As shown in Figure 1, the cable has a DB15 male connector at one end and an MD36 male
connector at the other end. The following table describes the cable.
Table 8-63 Cable between two combined base stations (1)
X1.2 X2.7 Blue
X1.4 X2.12 Orange
X1.10 X2.3 Green
X1.11 X2.16 Brown
X1.15 X2.28 Gray
X1.shell X2.shell - Shield
As shown in Figure 2, the cable has a DB15 male connector at each end. The following table
describes the cable.
Table 8-64 Cable between two combined base stations (2)
X1.2 X2.2 Blue
X1.4 X2.4 Orange
X1.10 X2.10 Green
X1.11 X2.11 Brown

X1.15 X2.15 Gray
X1.shell X2.shell - Shield
8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance

An adapter used for local maintenance connects the USB(1) port on the UMPT to a
commissioning Ethernet port during local maintenance.
NOTE
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance.
Figure 8-81 Exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance
(1) USB connector (2) Ethernet connector
Description
The following table describes an adapter used for local maintenance.
Table 8-65 Adapter used for local maintenance
Pin of the USB Pin of the Ethernet Color Wire Type

Connector Connector
X1.8 X2.2 White
X1.5 X2.6 White

Pin of the USB Pin of the Ethernet Color Wire Type

Connector Connector
X1.Shell X2.Shell - Shield
8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A GATM monitoring signal cable transmits control signals from the BBU to the GATM. It also
transmits monitoring signals from the GATM to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-82 Exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-66 GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown

8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by
the CMUA to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-83 Exterior of a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-67 CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by the
CMUE to the GATM.

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-84 Exterior of a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-68 CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the CMUEA in FAN 03C.
It transmits monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-85 Exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-69 CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CMUH in a FAN 01D to a
GATM and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CMUH to the GATM.
Exterior
CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of
a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-86 Exterior of a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-70 CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.21 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUC in FAN. It
transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUC to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-87 Exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-71 FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.22 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUE in FAN 03B. It
transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUE to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-88 Exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-72 FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable

The RET control signal cable is used to connect the GATM and the Bias-Tee, enabling the
GATM to supply power to the TMA and to control the RET antenna.
Exterior
Figure 8-89 shows the exterior of a RET control signal cable.

Figure 8-89 Exterior of a RET control signal cable
(1) SMA elbow male connector (2) SMA straight male connector
8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable

An ODM06D surge protection alarm cable transmits information about the surge protector in
an ODM06D to a central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable.
Figure 8-90 Exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable
(1) RJ45 connector

Cables 9 CPRI Cables
9 CPRI Cables
About This Chapter
This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.
9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable

CPRI electrical cables are high-speed cables, which fall into two categories: SFP high-speed
cables and SFP+ high-speed cables. They transmit signals between the BBU and RFUs or
between RFUs.
9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber
optic cables. They transfer CPRI signals.

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable

CPRI electrical cables are high-speed cables, which fall into two categories: SFP high-speed
cables and SFP+ high-speed cables. They transmit signals between the BBU and RFUs or
between RFUs.
Selection Principle
The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI electrical cables.
Table 9-1 Principles for selecting CPRI electrical cables
RFU CPRI Data Rate(Gbit/s) CPRI electrical cable type
1.25 or 2.5 SFP high-speed cables
4.9 SFP+ high-speed cables
Exterior
The SFP high-speed cable has the same exteriors as the SFP+ high-speed cable. The following
figure shows the exterior of a CPRI electrical cable.
Figure 9-1 Exterior of a CPRI electrical cable
9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber
optic cables. They transfer CPRI signals.
A multimode fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an RRU or connects two RRUs. The maximum
length of the multimode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU is 150 m (492.12 ft), and
the multimode fiber optic cable between two RRUs has a fixed length of 10 m (32.81 ft).
The single-mode fiber optic cable can be divided into two types: single-mode fiber optic cable
connecting a BBU to an RRU or connecting two RRUs (shortened to directly connected single-
mode fiber optic cable) and single-mode fiber optic cable connecting an ODF to a BBU or RRU
(shortened to single-mode pigtail). The maximum length of the single-mode pigtail between an
ODF and a BBU is 20 m (65.62 ft). The maximum length of the single-mode pigtail between an
ODF and an RRU is 70 m (229.66 ft).

NOTE
l The ODF is an outdoor transfer box for fiber optic cables, which interconnects the single-mode pigtail
and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable.
l The ODF and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable are provided by the customer and must comply with
the ITU-T G.652 standard.
l A multimode fiber optic cable is used together with a multimode optical module, and a single-mode
pigtail is used together with a single-mode optical module.
Selection Principle
The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables.
Table 9-2 Principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables
Remote CPRI Data Selection Principle Remarks

Distance Rate of the
Optical
Module
(Gbit/s)
100 m 2.5 or 4.9 Multimode fiber optic Connects a BBU to an RRU.

(328.08 cable When it connects two RRUs, the
ft) distance between the two RRUs
9.8 Directly connected
must be less than or equal to 10 m
single-mode fiber optic
(32.81 ft).
cable
100 m 2.5 or 4.9 Multimode fiber optic Connects a BBU to an RRU.

(328.08 cable
ft) <
Remote 9.8 Directly connected
distance single-mode fiber optic
150 m cable
(492.13 - Recommended: single- The single-mode pigtail at the RRU
ft) mode fiber optic cable or BBU side is connected to the
(single-mode pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable
trunk single-mode fiber by using an ODF.
optic cable)
> 150 m - Single-mode fiber optic

(82.02 ft) cable (single-mode
pigtail and trunk single-
mode fiber optic cable)
Exterior
Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable: The cable
has a DLC connector at each end, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 9-2 Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable
(1) DLC connector (2) Breakout cable (3) Label on the breakout cable
NOTE
l When a BBU and an RRU are connected, the breakout cable on the BBU side is 0.34 m (1.12 ft) long,
and the breakout cable on the RRU side is 0.03 m (0.098 ft) long.
l When two RRUs are connected, the breakout cables on both sides are 0.03 m (0.098 ft) long.
The following figure shows the connection of the multimode fiber optic cable or directly
connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU as an example.
Figure 9-3 Connection of the multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode
fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU
(1) Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an
RRU
OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable: The OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an
OFD06 and has 12 LC connectors at each end, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 9-4 OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable
(1) LC connector (2) Breakout cable (3) Label on the breakout cable
Single-mode pigtail: The single-mode pigtail has a DLC connector at one end and an FC, LC,
or SC connector at the other end, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 9-5 Exterior of a single-mode pigtail
(1) DLC connector (2) Breakout (3) Label on the (4) FC connector (5) LC connector (6) SC connector
cable breakout cable

NOTE
l When a single-mode pigtail connects a BBU to an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and ODF
side are 0.34 m (1.12 ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively.
l When a single-mode pigtail connects an RRU to an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and
ODF side are 0.03 m (0.098 ft ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively.
The following figure shows the connection of the single-mode pigtail.
Figure 9-6 Connection of the single-mode pigtail
(1) Single-mode pigtail between a BBU and an ODF (2) Single-mode pigtail between an RRU and an ODF
Pin Assignment
The following table describes the labels on the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable and
recommended cable connections.
Table 9-3 Labels on the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable and recommended cable
connections
Label on the Installation Position

Breakout Cable
Connection Connection Connection Between
Between a BBU Between RRUs a BBU or RRU and an
and an RRU or ODF
Between an
OFD06 and an
RRU
1A CPRI RX port on the CPRI RX port on RX port on the BBU or

RRU RRU 1 CPRI RX port on the
RRU
1B CPRI TX port on the CPRI TX port on TX port on the BBU or

RRU RRU 1 CPRI TX port on the
RRU

Label on the Installation Position

Breakout Cable
Connection Connection Connection Between
Between a BBU Between RRUs a BBU or RRU and an
and an RRU or ODF
Between an
OFD06 and an
RRU
2A OFD06 or TX port on CPRI TX port on ODF

the BBU RRU 0
2B OFD06 or RX port on CPRI RX port on ODF

the BBU RRU 0

Cables 10 RF Cables
10 RF Cables
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables.
10.1 RF Jumpers
RF jumpers are divided into two types: RRU RF jumpers connecting RRUs to an antenna system
and RRU RF jumpers connecting RFUs to an antenna system. RF jumpers transmit signals
between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m (6.56 ft), 3
m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Variable-length RF jumpers
can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most.
10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable

An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the
diversity signal.

Cables 10 RF Cables
10.1 RF Jumpers
RF jumpers are divided into two types: RRU RF jumpers connecting RRUs to an antenna system
and RRU RF jumpers connecting RFUs to an antenna system. RF jumpers transmit signals
between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m (6.56 ft), 3
m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Variable-length RF jumpers
can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most.
RRU RF Jumper
Figure 10-1 and Figure 10-2 show RRU RF jumpers.
Figure 10-1 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper (1)
(1) DIN straight male connector
Figure 10-2 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper (2)
(1) Type N male connector
RFU RF Jumper
The following figure shows the exterior of an RFU RF jumper.

Cables 10 RF Cables
Figure 10-3 Exterior of an RFU RF jumper
(1) DIN straight male connector (2) DIN elbow male connector
The following table describes RFU RF jumpers.
Cable Exterior Cabinet Application Scenario
Illustration 1 BTS3900 or BTS3900L -
BTS3900A or BTS3900AL The GATM and Bias-Tee are not

configured.
Illustration 2 BTS3900A or BTS3900AL The GATM and Bias-Tee are

configured.
10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable

An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the
diversity signal.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable.

Cables 10 RF Cables
Figure 10-4 Exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable
(1) QMA elbow male connector


3900 Series Base Station Cables (V100R010C10 02) (PDF) - en

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

3900 Series Base Station Cables (V100R010C10 02) (PDF) - en

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

3900 Series Base Station

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

About This Document

Product Name Solution Version Product Version

BTS3900 l SRAN10.1 V100R010C10

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

Product Name Solution Version Product Version

This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables.

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not

Calls attention to important information, best practices and

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in

Italic Book titles are in italics.

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are in

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italics.

[] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A..............................................................256

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration..........................................................................................478

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential x

8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs...........................................................................................638

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................686

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xii

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables

This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables.

Topic Change Description

l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists Added Ver.E cabinet-related information.

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

Topic Change Description

2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List Modified connection positions of fan

Topic Change Description

Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Added power cable connections and

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2

Topic Change Description

l Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable Added information about cables used in a

l 8.2.26 BBU Alarm Cable

Issue 02 (2015-08-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3

About This Chapter

2.1 BTS3900 Cable List

2.2 BTS3900L Cable List